xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/edit.c (revision f0d58efc)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
17 /*
18  * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
19  */
20 # define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT	0x100
21 
22 # define CTRL_X_NORMAL		0  /* CTRL-N CTRL-P completion, default */
23 # define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET	1
24 # define CTRL_X_SCROLL		2
25 # define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE	3
26 # define CTRL_X_FILES		4
27 # define CTRL_X_TAGS		(5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 # define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS	(6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 # define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES	(7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
30 # define CTRL_X_FINISHED		8
31 # define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY	(9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 # define CTRL_X_THESAURUS	(10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
33 # define CTRL_X_CMDLINE		11
34 # define CTRL_X_FUNCTION		12
35 # define CTRL_X_OMNI		13
36 # define CTRL_X_SPELL		14
37 # define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG	15	/* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
38 # define CTRL_X_EVAL		16	/* for builtin function complete() */
39 
40 # define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
41 # define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) ((m) == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || (m) == CTRL_X_EVAL)
42 
43 /* Message for CTRL-X mode, index is ctrl_x_mode. */
44 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
45 {
46     N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* CTRL_X_NORMAL, ^P/^N compl. */
47     N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
48     NULL, /* CTRL_X_SCROLL: depends on state */
49     N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
50     N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
51     N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
52     N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
53     N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
54     NULL, /* CTRL_X_FINISHED */
55     N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
56     N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
57     N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
58     N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
59     N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
60     N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
61     N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
62     NULL,   /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */
63 };
64 
65 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
66 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
67 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window");
68 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text");
69 # endif
70 
71 /*
72  * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
73  */
74 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
75 struct compl_S
76 {
77     compl_T	*cp_next;
78     compl_T	*cp_prev;
79     char_u	*cp_str;	/* matched text */
80     char	cp_icase;	/* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
81     char_u	*(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]);	/* text for the menu */
82     char_u	*cp_fname;	/* file containing the match, allocated when
83 				 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
84     int		cp_flags;	/* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
85     int		cp_number;	/* sequence number */
86 };
87 
88 # define ORIGINAL_TEXT	(1)   /* the original text when the expansion begun */
89 # define FREE_FNAME	(2)
90 
91 /*
92  * All the current matches are stored in a list.
93  * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
94  * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
95  * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
96  * ins_compl_get_exp().
97  */
98 static compl_T    *compl_first_match = NULL;
99 static compl_T    *compl_curr_match = NULL;
100 static compl_T    *compl_shown_match = NULL;
101 static compl_T    *compl_old_match = NULL;
102 
103 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
104  * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
105 static int	  compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
106 
107 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
108  * are used. */
109 static char_u	  *compl_leader = NULL;
110 
111 static int	  compl_get_longest = FALSE;	/* put longest common string
112 						   in compl_leader */
113 
114 static int	  compl_no_insert = FALSE;	/* FALSE: select & insert
115 						   TRUE: noinsert */
116 static int	  compl_no_select = FALSE;	/* FALSE: select & insert
117 						   TRUE: noselect */
118 
119 static int	  compl_used_match;	/* Selected one of the matches.  When
120 					   FALSE the match was edited or using
121 					   the longest common string. */
122 
123 static int	  compl_was_interrupted = FALSE;  /* didn't finish finding
124 						     completions. */
125 
126 static int	  compl_restarting = FALSE;	/* don't insert match */
127 
128 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set.  When it's
129  * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
130 static int	  compl_started = FALSE;
131 
132 /* Which Ctrl-X mode are we in? */
133 static int	  ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL;
134 
135 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively,
136  * which is not allowed. */
137 static int	  compl_busy = FALSE;
138 
139 static int	  compl_matches = 0;
140 static char_u	  *compl_pattern = NULL;
141 static int	  compl_direction = FORWARD;
142 static int	  compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
143 static int	  compl_pending = 0;	    /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
144 static pos_T	  compl_startpos;
145 static colnr_T	  compl_col = 0;	    /* column where the text starts
146 					     * that is being completed */
147 static char_u	  *compl_orig_text = NULL;  /* text as it was before
148 					     * completion started */
149 static int	  compl_cont_mode = 0;
150 static expand_T	  compl_xp;
151 
152 static int	  compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
153 
154 static void ins_ctrl_x(void);
155 static int  has_compl_option(int dict_opt);
156 static int  ins_compl_accept_char(int c);
157 static int ins_compl_add(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup);
158 static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match);
159 static void ins_compl_del_pum(void);
160 static int  pum_wanted(void);
161 static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir);
162 static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr);
163 static void ins_compl_free(void);
164 static void ins_compl_clear(void);
165 static int  ins_compl_bs(void);
166 static int  ins_compl_need_restart(void);
167 static void ins_compl_new_leader(void);
168 static void ins_compl_addleader(int c);
169 static int  ins_compl_len(void);
170 static void ins_compl_restart(void);
171 static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str);
172 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void);
173 static int  ins_compl_prep(int c);
174 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg);
175 # if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
176 static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list);
177 static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict);
178 # endif
179 static void ins_compl_delete(void);
180 static void ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func);
181 static int  ins_compl_key2dir(int c);
182 static int  ins_compl_pum_key(int c);
183 static int  ins_compl_key2count(int c);
184 static int  ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum);
185 static void show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol);
186 static unsigned  quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len);
187 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
188 
189 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR		    1
190 #define BACKSPACE_WORD		    2
191 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE    3
192 #define BACKSPACE_LINE		    4
193 
194 static void ins_redraw(int ready);
195 static void ins_ctrl_v(void);
196 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
197 static void init_prompt(int cmdchar_todo);
198 #endif
199 static void undisplay_dollar(void);
200 static void insert_special(int, int, int);
201 static void internal_format(int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c);
202 static void check_auto_format(int);
203 static void redo_literal(int c);
204 static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos);
205 static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change);
206 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
207 static void check_spell_redraw(void);
208 static void spell_back_to_badword(void);
209 static int  spell_bad_len = 0;	/* length of located bad word */
210 #endif
211 static void stop_insert(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove);
212 static int  echeck_abbr(int);
213 static void replace_join(int off);
214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
215 static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc);
216 #endif
217 static void replace_flush(void);
218 static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col);
219 static int del_char_after_col(int limit_col);
220 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
221 static int cindent_on(void);
222 #endif
223 static void ins_reg(void);
224 static void ins_ctrl_g(void);
225 static void ins_ctrl_hat(void);
226 static int  ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove);
227 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
228 static void ins_ctrl_(void);
229 #endif
230 static int ins_start_select(int c);
231 static void ins_insert(int replaceState);
232 static void ins_ctrl_o(void);
233 static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc);
234 static void ins_del(void);
235 static int  ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p);
236 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
237 static void ins_mouse(int c);
238 static void ins_mousescroll(int dir);
239 #endif
240 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
241 static void ins_tabline(int c);
242 #endif
243 static void ins_left(int end_change);
244 static void ins_home(int c);
245 static void ins_end(int c);
246 static void ins_s_left(void);
247 static void ins_right(int end_change);
248 static void ins_s_right(void);
249 static void ins_up(int startcol);
250 static void ins_pageup(void);
251 static void ins_down(int startcol);
252 static void ins_pagedown(void);
253 #ifdef FEAT_DND
254 static void ins_drop(void);
255 #endif
256 static int  ins_tab(void);
257 static int  ins_eol(int c);
258 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
259 static int  ins_digraph(void);
260 #endif
261 static int  ins_ctrl_ey(int tc);
262 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
263 static void ins_try_si(int c);
264 #endif
265 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void);
266 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
267 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c);
268 #endif
269 static int ins_apply_autocmds(event_T event);
270 
271 static colnr_T	Insstart_textlen;	/* length of line when insert started */
272 static colnr_T	Insstart_blank_vcol;	/* vcol for first inserted blank */
273 static int	update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */
274 
275 static char_u	*last_insert = NULL;	/* the text of the previous insert,
276 					   K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
277 static int	last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
278 static int	new_insert_skip;  /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
279 static int	did_restart_edit;	/* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
280 
281 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
282 static int	can_cindent;		/* may do cindenting on this line */
283 #endif
284 
285 static int	old_indent = 0;		/* for ^^D command in insert mode */
286 
287 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
288 static int	revins_on;		/* reverse insert mode on */
289 static int	revins_chars;		/* how much to skip after edit */
290 static int	revins_legal;		/* was the last char 'legal'? */
291 static int	revins_scol;		/* start column of revins session */
292 #endif
293 
294 static int	ins_need_undo;		/* call u_save() before inserting a
295 					   char.  Set when edit() is called.
296 					   after that arrow_used is used. */
297 
298 static int	did_add_space = FALSE;	/* auto_format() added an extra space
299 					   under the cursor */
300 static int	dont_sync_undo = FALSE;	/* CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo for
301 					   the next left/right cursor */
302 
303 /*
304  * edit(): Start inserting text.
305  *
306  * "cmdchar" can be:
307  * 'i'	normal insert command
308  * 'a'	normal append command
309  * K_PS bracketed paste
310  * 'R'	replace command
311  * 'r'	"r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>.  Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
312  *	but still only one <CR> is inserted.  The <Esc> is not used for redo.
313  * 'g'	"gI" command.
314  * 'V'	"gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
315  * 'v'	"gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
316  *
317  * This function is not called recursively.  For CTRL-O commands, it returns
318  * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
319  *
320  * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
321  */
322     int
323 edit(
324     int		cmdchar,
325     int		startln,	/* if set, insert at start of line */
326     long	count)
327 {
328     int		c = 0;
329     char_u	*ptr;
330     int		lastc = 0;
331     int		mincol;
332     static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
333     int		i;
334     int		did_backspace = TRUE;	    /* previous char was backspace */
335 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
336     int		line_is_white = FALSE;	    /* line is empty before insert */
337 #endif
338     linenr_T	old_topline = 0;	    /* topline before insertion */
339 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
340     int		old_topfill = -1;
341 #endif
342     int		inserted_space = FALSE;     /* just inserted a space */
343     int		replaceState = REPLACE;
344     int		nomove = FALSE;		    /* don't move cursor on return */
345 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
346     int		cmdchar_todo = cmdchar;
347 #endif
348 
349     /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
350     did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
351 
352     /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
353      * error message */
354     check_for_delay(TRUE);
355 
356     /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */
357     update_Insstart_orig = TRUE;
358 
359 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
360     /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
361     if (sandbox != 0)
362     {
363 	EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
364 	return FALSE;
365     }
366 #endif
367     /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline.  The
368      * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
369     if (textlock != 0)
370     {
371 	EMSG(_(e_secure));
372 	return FALSE;
373     }
374 
375 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
376     /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
377     if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible())
378     {
379 	EMSG(_(e_secure));
380 	return FALSE;
381     }
382     ins_compl_clear();	    /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
383 #endif
384 
385     /*
386      * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands.  Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
387      */
388     if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
389     {
390 	pos_T   save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
391 
392 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
393 	if (cmdchar == 'R')
394 	    ptr = (char_u *)"r";
395 	else if (cmdchar == 'V')
396 	    ptr = (char_u *)"v";
397 	else
398 	    ptr = (char_u *)"i";
399 	set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
400 	set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1);  /* clear v:char */
401 #endif
402 	ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER);
403 
404 	/* Make sure the cursor didn't move.  Do call check_cursor_col() in
405 	 * case the text was modified.  Since Insert mode was not started yet
406 	 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with
407 	 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the
408 	 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted).
409 	 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */
410 	if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor)
411 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
412 		&& *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL
413 #endif
414 		&& save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
415 	{
416 	    int save_state = State;
417 
418 	    curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor;
419 	    State = INSERT;
420 	    check_cursor_col();
421 	    State = save_state;
422 	}
423     }
424 
425 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
426     /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State.  If
427      * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */
428     conceal_check_cursor_line();
429 #endif
430 
431 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
432     /*
433      * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
434      * where the paste started.
435      */
436     if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
437 	Insstart = where_paste_started;
438     else
439 #endif
440     {
441 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
442 	if (startln)
443 	    Insstart.col = 0;
444     }
445     Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
446     Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
447     if (!did_ai)
448 	ai_col = 0;
449 
450     if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
451     {
452 	ResetRedobuff();
453 	AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
454 	if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
455 	{
456 	    /* "gR" or "gr" command */
457 	    AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
458 	    AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
459 	}
460 	else
461 	{
462 	    if (cmdchar == K_PS)
463 		AppendCharToRedobuff('a');
464 	    else
465 		AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
466 	    if (cmdchar == 'g')		    /* "gI" command */
467 		AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
468 	    else if (cmdchar == 'r')	    /* "r<CR>" command */
469 		count = 1;		    /* insert only one <CR> */
470 	}
471     }
472 
473     if (cmdchar == 'R')
474     {
475 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
476 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
477 	{
478 	    beep_flush();
479 	    EMSG(farsi_text_3);	    /* encoded in Farsi */
480 	    State = INSERT;
481 	}
482 	else
483 #endif
484 	State = REPLACE;
485     }
486     else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
487     {
488 	State = VREPLACE;
489 	replaceState = VREPLACE;
490 	orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
491 	vr_lines_changed = 1;
492     }
493     else
494 	State = INSERT;
495 
496     stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
497 
498     /*
499      * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
500      * on a TAB or special character.
501      */
502     curs_columns(TRUE);
503 
504     /*
505      * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
506      * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
507      * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used.  It is updated
508      * when hitting <Esc>.
509      */
510     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
511 	State |= LANGMAP;
512 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD
513     im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
514 #endif
515 
516 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
517     setmouse();
518 #endif
519 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
520     clear_showcmd();
521 #endif
522 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
523     /* there is no reverse replace mode */
524     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
525     if (revins_on)
526 	undisplay_dollar();
527     revins_chars = 0;
528     revins_legal = 0;
529     revins_scol = -1;
530 #endif
531     if (!p_ek)
532 	/* Disable bracketed paste mode, we won't recognize the escape
533 	 * sequences. */
534 	out_str(T_BD);
535 
536     /*
537      * Handle restarting Insert mode.
538      * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): In that case we get
539      * here with something in the stuff buffer.
540      */
541     if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
542     {
543 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
544 	/*
545 	 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
546 	 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
547 	 */
548 	if (where_paste_started.lnum)
549 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
550 	else
551 #endif
552 	    arrow_used = TRUE;
553 	restart_edit = 0;
554 
555 	/*
556 	 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
557 	 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
558 	 * correct in very rare cases).
559 	 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
560 	 * column.  Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
561 	 */
562 	validate_virtcol();
563 	update_curswant();
564 	if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
565 		    || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
566 		&& *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
567 	{
568 	    if (ptr[1] == NUL)
569 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
570 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
571 	    else if (has_mbyte)
572 	    {
573 		i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
574 		if (ptr[i] == NUL)
575 		    curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
576 	    }
577 #endif
578 	}
579 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;
580     }
581     else
582 	arrow_used = FALSE;
583 
584     /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
585     need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
586 
587     /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
588     ins_need_undo = TRUE;
589 
590 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
591     where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
592 #endif
593 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
594     can_cindent = TRUE;
595 #endif
596 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
597     /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
598      * restarting. */
599     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
600 	foldOpenCursor();
601 #endif
602 
603     /*
604      * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
605      * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
606      * actually changing anything.  It's put after the mode, if any.
607      */
608     i = 0;
609     if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
610 	i = showmode();
611 
612     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
613 	change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
614 
615 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
616     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
617 #endif
618 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
619     do_digraph(-1);		/* clear digraphs */
620 #endif
621 
622     /*
623      * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
624      * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
625      */
626     ptr = get_inserted();
627     if (ptr == NULL)
628 	new_insert_skip = 0;
629     else
630     {
631 	new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
632 	vim_free(ptr);
633     }
634 
635     old_indent = 0;
636 
637     /*
638      * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
639      */
640     for (;;)
641     {
642 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
643 	if (!revins_legal)
644 	    revins_scol = -1;	    /* reset on illegal motions */
645 	else
646 	    revins_legal = 0;
647 #endif
648 	if (arrow_used)	    /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
649 	    count = 0;
650 
651 	if (update_Insstart_orig)
652 	    Insstart_orig = Insstart;
653 
654 	if (stop_insert_mode
655 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
656 		&& !pum_visible()
657 #endif
658 		)
659 	{
660 	    /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
661 	    count = 0;
662 	    goto doESCkey;
663 	}
664 
665 	/* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
666 	if (!arrow_used)
667 	    curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
668 
669 	/* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
670 	 * menu invoked a shell command). */
671 	if (stuff_empty())
672 	{
673 	    did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
674 	    if (need_check_timestamps)
675 		check_timestamps(FALSE);
676 	}
677 
678 	/*
679 	 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
680 	 */
681 	msg_scroll = FALSE;
682 
683 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
684 	/* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
685 	 * another window.  "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
686 	 * autocommand. */
687 	if (need_mouse_correct)
688 	    gui_mouse_correct();
689 #endif
690 
691 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
692 	/* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
693 	if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
694 	    foldOpenCursor();
695 	/* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
696 	if (!char_avail())
697 	    foldCheckClose();
698 #endif
699 
700 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
701 	if (bt_prompt(curbuf))
702 	{
703 	    init_prompt(cmdchar_todo);
704 	    cmdchar_todo = NUL;
705 	}
706 #endif
707 
708 	/*
709 	 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
710 	 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
711 	 * redraw.
712 	 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
713 	 * something.
714 	 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
715 	 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
716 	 */
717 	if (curbuf->b_mod_set
718 		&& curwin->w_p_wrap
719 		&& !did_backspace
720 		&& curwin->w_topline == old_topline
721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
722 		&& curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
723 #endif
724 		)
725 	{
726 	    mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
727 	    validate_cursor_col();
728 
729 	    if (
730 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
731 		(int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - tabstop_at(
732 					  get_nolist_virtcol(), curbuf->b_p_ts,
733 							 curbuf->b_p_vts_array)
734 #else
735 		(int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
736 #endif
737 		    && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
738 						 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
739 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
741 			|| curwin->w_topfill > 0
742 #endif
743 		    ))
744 	    {
745 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
746 		if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
747 		    --curwin->w_topfill;
748 		else
749 #endif
750 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
751 		if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
752 		    set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
753 		else
754 #endif
755 		    set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
756 	    }
757 	}
758 
759 	/* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
760 	update_topline();
761 
762 	did_backspace = FALSE;
763 
764 	validate_cursor();		/* may set must_redraw */
765 
766 	/*
767 	 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
768 	 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
769 	 */
770 	ins_redraw(TRUE);
771 
772 	if (curwin->w_p_scb)
773 	    do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
774 
775 	if (curwin->w_p_crb)
776 	    do_check_cursorbind();
777 	update_curswant();
778 	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
779 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
780 	old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
781 #endif
782 
783 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
784 	dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
785 #endif
786 
787 	/*
788 	 * Get a character for Insert mode.  Ignore K_IGNORE and K_NOP.
789 	 */
790 	if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
791 	    lastc = c;		/* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */
792 
793 	/* After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo. */
794 	if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE)
795 	    dont_sync_undo = TRUE;
796 	else
797 	    dont_sync_undo = FALSE;
798 	if (cmdchar == K_PS)
799 	    /* Got here from normal mode when bracketed paste started. */
800 	    c = K_PS;
801 	else
802 	    do
803 	    {
804 		c = safe_vgetc();
805 
806 		if (stop_insert_mode)
807 		{
808 		    // Insert mode ended, possibly from a callback.
809 		    count = 0;
810 		    nomove = TRUE;
811 		    goto doESCkey;
812 		}
813 	    } while (c == K_IGNORE || c == K_NOP);
814 
815 	/* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
816 	did_cursorhold = TRUE;
817 
818 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
819 	if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
820 	    c = hkmap(c);		/* Hebrew mode mapping */
821 #endif
822 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
823 	if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
824 	    c = fkmap(c);		/* Farsi mode mapping */
825 #endif
826 
827 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
828 	/*
829 	 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
830 	 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.  Only when there is
831 	 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
832 	 */
833 	if (compl_started
834 		&& pum_wanted()
835 		&& curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
836 		&& (compl_shown_match == NULL
837 		    || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
838 	{
839 	    /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
840 	    if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
841 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
842 			&& (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
843 		continue;
844 
845 	    /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
846 	    if (!compl_used_match)
847 	    {
848 		/* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
849 		 * "compl_leader".  Except when at the original match and
850 		 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
851 		if (c == Ctrl_L
852 			&& (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
853 			    || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
854 					  > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
855 		{
856 		    ins_compl_addfrommatch();
857 		    continue;
858 		}
859 
860 		/* A non-white character that fits in with the current
861 		 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
862 		if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
863 		{
864 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
865 		    /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */
866 		    char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c);
867 		    char_u *p;
868 
869 		    if (str != NULL)
870 		    {
871 			for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
872 			    ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p));
873 			vim_free(str);
874 		    }
875 		    else
876 #endif
877 			ins_compl_addleader(c);
878 		    continue;
879 		}
880 
881 		/* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match.  When
882 		 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
883 		if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
884 				    && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
885 			&& stop_arrow() == OK)
886 		{
887 		    ins_compl_delete();
888 		    ins_compl_insert(FALSE);
889 		}
890 	    }
891 	}
892 
893 	/* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode.  This doesn't do completion, but
894 	 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
895 	compl_get_longest = FALSE;
896 	if (ins_compl_prep(c))
897 	    continue;
898 #endif
899 
900 	/* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
901 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
902 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor.  */
903 	if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
904 	{
905 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
906 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
907 	    ++no_mapping;
908 	    ++allow_keys;
909 	    c = plain_vgetc();
910 	    --no_mapping;
911 	    --allow_keys;
912 	    if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
913 	    {
914 		/* it's something else */
915 		vungetc(c);
916 		c = Ctrl_BSL;
917 	    }
918 	    else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
919 		continue;
920 	    else
921 	    {
922 		if (c == Ctrl_O)
923 		{
924 		    ins_ctrl_o();
925 		    ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor keeps its column */
926 		    nomove = TRUE;
927 		}
928 		count = 0;
929 		goto doESCkey;
930 	    }
931 	}
932 
933 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
934 	c = do_digraph(c);
935 #endif
936 
937 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
938 	if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
939 	    goto docomplete;
940 #endif
941 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
942 	{
943 	    ins_ctrl_v();
944 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
945 	    continue;
946 	}
947 
948 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
949 	if (cindent_on()
950 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
951 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
952 # endif
953 	   )
954 	{
955 	    /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
956 	     * inserted.  Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
957 	     * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
958 	     * done before inserting the key. */
959 	    line_is_white = inindent(0);
960 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
961 		goto force_cindent;
962 	    if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
963 							&& stop_arrow() == OK)
964 		do_c_expr_indent();
965 	}
966 #endif
967 
968 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
969 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
970 	    switch (c)
971 	    {
972 		case K_LEFT:	c = K_RIGHT; break;
973 		case K_S_LEFT:	c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
974 		case K_C_LEFT:	c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
975 		case K_RIGHT:	c = K_LEFT; break;
976 		case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
977 		case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
978 	    }
979 #endif
980 
981 	/*
982 	 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.  If it
983 	 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
984 	 * characters.
985 	 */
986 	if (ins_start_select(c))
987 	    continue;
988 
989 	/*
990 	 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
991 	 */
992 	switch (c)
993 	{
994 	case ESC:	/* End input mode */
995 	    if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
996 		break;
997 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
998 
999 	case Ctrl_C:	/* End input mode */
1000 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1001 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
1002 	    {
1003 		/* Close the cmdline window. */
1004 		cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
1005 		got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
1006 		nomove = TRUE;
1007 		goto doESCkey;
1008 	    }
1009 #endif
1010 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
1011 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && bt_prompt(curbuf))
1012 	    {
1013 		if (invoke_prompt_interrupt())
1014 		{
1015 		    if (!bt_prompt(curbuf))
1016 			// buffer changed to a non-prompt buffer, get out of
1017 			// Insert mode
1018 			goto doESCkey;
1019 		    break;
1020 		}
1021 	    }
1022 #endif
1023 
1024 #ifdef UNIX
1025 do_intr:
1026 #endif
1027 	    /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
1028 	     * Insert mode */
1029 	    if (goto_im())
1030 	    {
1031 		if (got_int)
1032 		{
1033 		    (void)vgetc();		/* flush all buffers */
1034 		    got_int = FALSE;
1035 		}
1036 		else
1037 		    vim_beep(BO_IM);
1038 		break;
1039 	    }
1040 doESCkey:
1041 	    /*
1042 	     * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
1043 	     */
1044 	    /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
1045 	     * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
1046 	    if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
1047 		o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1048 
1049 	    if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
1050 	    {
1051 		// When CTRL-C was typed got_int will be set, with the result
1052 		// that the autocommands won't be executed. When mapped got_int
1053 		// is not set, but let's keep the behavior the same.
1054 		if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v' && c != Ctrl_C)
1055 		    ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE);
1056 		did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1057 		return (c == Ctrl_O);
1058 	    }
1059 	    continue;
1060 
1061 	case Ctrl_Z:	/* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
1062 	    if (!p_im)
1063 		goto normalchar;	/* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
1064 	    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"stop");
1065 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
1066 	    ui_cursor_shape();		/* may need to update cursor shape */
1067 #endif
1068 	    continue;
1069 
1070 	case Ctrl_O:	/* execute one command */
1071 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1072 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
1073 		goto docomplete;
1074 #endif
1075 	    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
1076 		break;
1077 	    ins_ctrl_o();
1078 
1079 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1080 	    /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
1081 	    if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
1082 	    {
1083 		ins_at_eol = FALSE;
1084 		nomove = TRUE;
1085 	    }
1086 #endif
1087 	    count = 0;
1088 	    goto doESCkey;
1089 
1090 	case K_INS:	/* toggle insert/replace mode */
1091 	case K_KINS:
1092 	    ins_insert(replaceState);
1093 	    break;
1094 
1095 	case K_SELECT:	/* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
1096 	    break;
1097 
1098 	case K_HELP:	/* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
1099 	case K_F1:
1100 	case K_XF1:
1101 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
1102 	    if (p_im)
1103 		need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
1104 	    goto doESCkey;
1105 
1106 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1107 	case K_F21:	/* NetBeans command */
1108 	    ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
1109 	    i = plain_vgetc();
1110 	    --no_mapping;
1111 	    netbeans_keycommand(i);
1112 	    break;
1113 #endif
1114 
1115 	case K_ZERO:	/* Insert the previously inserted text. */
1116 	case NUL:
1117 	case Ctrl_A:
1118 	    /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
1119 	     * error.  */
1120 	    if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
1121 						   && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
1122 		goto doESCkey;		/* quit insert mode */
1123 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1124 	    break;
1125 
1126 	case Ctrl_R:	/* insert the contents of a register */
1127 	    ins_reg();
1128 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1129 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1130 	    break;
1131 
1132 	case Ctrl_G:	/* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1133 	    ins_ctrl_g();
1134 	    break;
1135 
1136 	case Ctrl_HAT:	/* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1137 	    ins_ctrl_hat();
1138 	    break;
1139 
1140 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1141 	case Ctrl__:	/* switch between languages */
1142 	    if (!p_ari)
1143 		goto normalchar;
1144 	    ins_ctrl_();
1145 	    break;
1146 #endif
1147 
1148 	case Ctrl_D:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1149 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1150 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1151 		goto docomplete;
1152 #endif
1153 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1154 
1155 	case Ctrl_T:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1156 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1157 	    if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1158 	    {
1159 		if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1160 		    goto docomplete;
1161 		break;
1162 	    }
1163 # endif
1164 	    ins_shift(c, lastc);
1165 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1166 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1167 	    break;
1168 
1169 	case K_DEL:	/* delete character under the cursor */
1170 	case K_KDEL:
1171 	    ins_del();
1172 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1173 	    break;
1174 
1175 	case K_BS:	/* delete character before the cursor */
1176 	case Ctrl_H:
1177 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1178 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1179 	    break;
1180 
1181 	case Ctrl_W:	/* delete word before the cursor */
1182 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
1183 	    if (bt_prompt(curbuf) && (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) == 0)
1184 	    {
1185 		// In a prompt window CTRL-W is used for window commands.
1186 		// Use Shift-CTRL-W to delete a word.
1187 		stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_W);
1188 		restart_edit = 'A';
1189 		nomove = TRUE;
1190 		count = 0;
1191 		goto doESCkey;
1192 	    }
1193 #endif
1194 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1195 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1196 	    break;
1197 
1198 	case Ctrl_U:	/* delete all inserted text in current line */
1199 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1200 	    /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1201 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1202 		goto docomplete;
1203 # endif
1204 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1205 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1206 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1207 	    break;
1208 
1209 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1210 	case K_LEFTMOUSE:   /* mouse keys */
1211 	case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1212 	case K_LEFTDRAG:
1213 	case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1214 	case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1215 	case K_MOUSEMOVE:
1216 	case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1217 	case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1218 	case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1219 	case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1220 	case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1221 	case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1222 	case K_X1MOUSE:
1223 	case K_X1DRAG:
1224 	case K_X1RELEASE:
1225 	case K_X2MOUSE:
1226 	case K_X2DRAG:
1227 	case K_X2RELEASE:
1228 	    ins_mouse(c);
1229 	    break;
1230 
1231 	case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1232 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN);
1233 	    break;
1234 
1235 	case K_MOUSEUP:	/* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1236 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP);
1237 	    break;
1238 
1239 	case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */
1240 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT);
1241 	    break;
1242 
1243 	case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */
1244 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT);
1245 	    break;
1246 #endif
1247 	case K_PS:
1248 	    bracketed_paste(PASTE_INSERT, FALSE, NULL);
1249 	    if (cmdchar == K_PS)
1250 		/* invoked from normal mode, bail out */
1251 		goto doESCkey;
1252 	    break;
1253 	case K_PE:
1254 	    /* Got K_PE without K_PS, ignore. */
1255 	    break;
1256 
1257 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1258 	case K_TABLINE:
1259 	case K_TABMENU:
1260 	    ins_tabline(c);
1261 	    break;
1262 #endif
1263 
1264 	case K_IGNORE:	/* Something mapped to nothing */
1265 	    break;
1266 
1267 	case K_CURSORHOLD:	/* Didn't type something for a while. */
1268 	    ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI);
1269 	    did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1270 	    break;
1271 
1272 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1273 	    /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1274 	     * cancelled. */
1275 	case K_F4:
1276 	    if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1277 		goto normalchar;
1278 	    break;
1279 #endif
1280 
1281 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1282 	case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1283 	    ins_scroll();
1284 	    break;
1285 
1286 	case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1287 	    ins_horscroll();
1288 	    break;
1289 #endif
1290 
1291 	case K_HOME:	/* <Home> */
1292 	case K_KHOME:
1293 	case K_S_HOME:
1294 	case K_C_HOME:
1295 	    ins_home(c);
1296 	    break;
1297 
1298 	case K_END:	/* <End> */
1299 	case K_KEND:
1300 	case K_S_END:
1301 	case K_C_END:
1302 	    ins_end(c);
1303 	    break;
1304 
1305 	case K_LEFT:	/* <Left> */
1306 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1307 		ins_s_left();
1308 	    else
1309 		ins_left(dont_sync_undo == FALSE);
1310 	    break;
1311 
1312 	case K_S_LEFT:	/* <S-Left> */
1313 	case K_C_LEFT:
1314 	    ins_s_left();
1315 	    break;
1316 
1317 	case K_RIGHT:	/* <Right> */
1318 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1319 		ins_s_right();
1320 	    else
1321 		ins_right(dont_sync_undo == FALSE);
1322 	    break;
1323 
1324 	case K_S_RIGHT:	/* <S-Right> */
1325 	case K_C_RIGHT:
1326 	    ins_s_right();
1327 	    break;
1328 
1329 	case K_UP:	/* <Up> */
1330 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1331 	    if (pum_visible())
1332 		goto docomplete;
1333 #endif
1334 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1335 		ins_pageup();
1336 	    else
1337 		ins_up(FALSE);
1338 	    break;
1339 
1340 	case K_S_UP:	/* <S-Up> */
1341 	case K_PAGEUP:
1342 	case K_KPAGEUP:
1343 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1344 	    if (pum_visible())
1345 		goto docomplete;
1346 #endif
1347 	    ins_pageup();
1348 	    break;
1349 
1350 	case K_DOWN:	/* <Down> */
1351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1352 	    if (pum_visible())
1353 		goto docomplete;
1354 #endif
1355 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1356 		ins_pagedown();
1357 	    else
1358 		ins_down(FALSE);
1359 	    break;
1360 
1361 	case K_S_DOWN:	/* <S-Down> */
1362 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
1363 	case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1364 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1365 	    if (pum_visible())
1366 		goto docomplete;
1367 #endif
1368 	    ins_pagedown();
1369 	    break;
1370 
1371 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1372 	case K_DROP:	/* drag-n-drop event */
1373 	    ins_drop();
1374 	    break;
1375 #endif
1376 
1377 	case K_S_TAB:	/* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1378 	    c = TAB;
1379 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1380 
1381 	case TAB:	/* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1382 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1383 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1384 		goto docomplete;
1385 #endif
1386 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1387 	    if (ins_tab())
1388 		goto normalchar;	/* insert TAB as a normal char */
1389 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1390 	    break;
1391 
1392 	case K_KENTER:	/* <Enter> */
1393 	    c = CAR;
1394 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1395 	case CAR:
1396 	case NL:
1397 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1398 	    /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1399 	     * cursor. */
1400 	    if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1401 	    {
1402 		if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL)    /* quickfix window */
1403 		    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1404 		else				    /* location list window */
1405 		    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1406 		break;
1407 	    }
1408 #endif
1409 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1410 	    if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1411 	    {
1412 		/* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1413 		cmdwin_result = CAR;
1414 		goto doESCkey;
1415 	    }
1416 #endif
1417 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
1418 	    if (bt_prompt(curbuf))
1419 	    {
1420 		invoke_prompt_callback();
1421 		if (!bt_prompt(curbuf))
1422 		    // buffer changed to a non-prompt buffer, get out of
1423 		    // Insert mode
1424 		    goto doESCkey;
1425 		break;
1426 	    }
1427 #endif
1428 	    if (ins_eol(c) == FAIL && !p_im)
1429 		goto doESCkey;	    /* out of memory */
1430 	    auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1431 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1432 	    break;
1433 
1434 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1435 	case Ctrl_K:	    /* digraph or keyword completion */
1436 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1437 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1438 	    {
1439 		if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1440 		    goto docomplete;
1441 		break;
1442 	    }
1443 # endif
1444 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1445 	    c = ins_digraph();
1446 	    if (c == NUL)
1447 		break;
1448 # endif
1449 	    goto normalchar;
1450 #endif
1451 
1452 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1453 	case Ctrl_X:	/* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1454 	    ins_ctrl_x();
1455 	    break;
1456 
1457 	case Ctrl_RSB:	/* Tag name completion after ^X */
1458 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1459 		goto normalchar;
1460 	    goto docomplete;
1461 
1462 	case Ctrl_F:	/* File name completion after ^X */
1463 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1464 		goto normalchar;
1465 	    goto docomplete;
1466 
1467 	case 's':	/* Spelling completion after ^X */
1468 	case Ctrl_S:
1469 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1470 		goto normalchar;
1471 	    goto docomplete;
1472 #endif
1473 
1474 	case Ctrl_L:	/* Whole line completion after ^X */
1475 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1476 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1477 #endif
1478 	    {
1479 		/* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1480 		if (p_im)
1481 		{
1482 		    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1483 			break;
1484 		    goto doESCkey;
1485 		}
1486 		goto normalchar;
1487 	    }
1488 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1489 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1490 
1491 	case Ctrl_P:	/* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1492 	case Ctrl_N:
1493 	    /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1494 	     * but it is under other ^X modes */
1495 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1496 		    && (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL
1497 			|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1498 		    && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1499 		goto normalchar;
1500 
1501 docomplete:
1502 	    compl_busy = TRUE;
1503 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1504 	    disable_fold_update++;  /* don't redraw folds here */
1505 #endif
1506 	    if (ins_complete(c, TRUE) == FAIL)
1507 		compl_cont_status = 0;
1508 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1509 	    disable_fold_update--;
1510 #endif
1511 	    compl_busy = FALSE;
1512 	    break;
1513 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1514 
1515 	case Ctrl_Y:	/* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1516 	case Ctrl_E:	/* copy from next line	   or scroll up */
1517 	    c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1518 	    break;
1519 
1520 	  default:
1521 #ifdef UNIX
1522 	    if (c == intr_char)		/* special interrupt char */
1523 		goto do_intr;
1524 #endif
1525 
1526 normalchar:
1527 	    /*
1528 	     * Insert a normal character.
1529 	     */
1530 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1531 	    if (!p_paste)
1532 	    {
1533 		/* Trigger InsertCharPre. */
1534 		char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c);
1535 		char_u *p;
1536 
1537 		if (str != NULL)
1538 		{
1539 		    if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL)
1540 		    {
1541 			/* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */
1542 			for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
1543 			{
1544 			    c = PTR2CHAR(p);
1545 			    if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
1546 				ins_eol(c);
1547 			    else
1548 				ins_char(c);
1549 			}
1550 			AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1);
1551 		    }
1552 		    vim_free(str);
1553 		    c = NUL;
1554 		}
1555 
1556 		/* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string
1557 		 * then don't insert any character. */
1558 		if (c == NUL)
1559 		    break;
1560 	    }
1561 #endif
1562 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1563 	    /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1564 	    ins_try_si(c);
1565 #endif
1566 
1567 	    if (c == ' ')
1568 	    {
1569 		inserted_space = TRUE;
1570 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1571 		if (inindent(0))
1572 		    can_cindent = FALSE;
1573 #endif
1574 		if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1575 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1576 		    Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1577 	    }
1578 
1579 	    /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a
1580 	     * special character.  Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without
1581 	     * inserting it. */
1582 	    if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr(
1583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1584 			/* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1585 			 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1586 			(has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1587 #endif
1588 		       c) && c != Ctrl_RSB))
1589 	    {
1590 		insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1591 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1592 		revins_legal++;
1593 		revins_chars++;
1594 #endif
1595 	    }
1596 
1597 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1598 
1599 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1600 	    /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1601 	     * closed fold. */
1602 	    foldOpenCursor();
1603 #endif
1604 	    break;
1605 	}   /* end of switch (c) */
1606 
1607 	/* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1608 	if (c != K_CURSORHOLD
1609 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1610 		/* but not in CTRL-X mode, a script can't restore the state */
1611 		&& ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL
1612 #endif
1613 	       )
1614 	    did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1615 
1616 	/* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1617 	if (arrow_used)
1618 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1619 
1620 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1621 	if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1622 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1623 		&& ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL
1624 # endif
1625 	   )
1626 	{
1627 force_cindent:
1628 	    /*
1629 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1630 	     */
1631 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1632 	    {
1633 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1634 		    /* re-indent the current line */
1635 		    do_c_expr_indent();
1636 	    }
1637 	}
1638 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1639 
1640     }	/* for (;;) */
1641     /* NOTREACHED */
1642 }
1643 
1644 /*
1645  * Redraw for Insert mode.
1646  * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1647  * option work correctly.
1648  * Only redraw when there are no characters available.  This speeds up
1649  * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1650  */
1651     static void
1652 ins_redraw(
1653     int		ready UNUSED)	    /* not busy with something */
1654 {
1655 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
1656     linenr_T	conceal_old_cursor_line = 0;
1657     linenr_T	conceal_new_cursor_line = 0;
1658     int		conceal_update_lines = FALSE;
1659 #endif
1660 
1661     if (char_avail())
1662 	return;
1663 
1664 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL)
1665     /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved.  Not when the popup menu is
1666      * visible, the command might delete it. */
1667     if (ready && (has_cursormovedI()
1668 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL)
1669 		|| curwin->w_p_cole > 0
1670 # endif
1671 		)
1672 	    && !EQUAL_POS(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1673 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1674 	    && !pum_visible()
1675 # endif
1676        )
1677     {
1678 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1679 	/* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
1680 	 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
1681 	 * a "(".  The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
1682 	 * again below, unfortunately. */
1683 	if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw)
1684 	    update_screen(0);
1685 # endif
1686 	if (has_cursormovedI())
1687 	{
1688 	    /* Make sure curswant is correct, an autocommand may call
1689 	     * getcurpos(). */
1690 	    update_curswant();
1691 	    ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI);
1692 	}
1693 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
1694 	if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0)
1695 	{
1696 	    conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum;
1697 	    conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1698 	    conceal_update_lines = TRUE;
1699 	}
1700 # endif
1701 	last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1702     }
1703 #endif
1704 
1705     /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */
1706     if (ready && has_textchangedI()
1707 	    && curbuf->b_last_changedtick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf)
1708 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1709 	    && !pum_visible()
1710 #endif
1711 	    )
1712     {
1713 	aco_save_T	aco;
1714 	varnumber_T	tick = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf);
1715 
1716 	// save and restore curwin and curbuf, in case the autocmd changes them
1717 	aucmd_prepbuf(&aco, curbuf);
1718 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1719 	aucmd_restbuf(&aco);
1720 	curbuf->b_last_changedtick = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf);
1721 	if (tick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf))  // see ins_apply_autocmds()
1722 	    u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1723 					(linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
1724     }
1725 
1726 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1727     /* Trigger TextChangedP if b_changedtick differs. When the popupmenu closes
1728      * TextChangedI will need to trigger for backwards compatibility, thus use
1729      * different b_last_changedtick* variables. */
1730     if (ready && has_textchangedP()
1731 	    && curbuf->b_last_changedtick_pum != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf)
1732 	    && pum_visible())
1733     {
1734 	aco_save_T	aco;
1735 	varnumber_T	tick = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf);
1736 
1737 	// save and restore curwin and curbuf, in case the autocmd changes them
1738 	aucmd_prepbuf(&aco, curbuf);
1739 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDP, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1740 	aucmd_restbuf(&aco);
1741 	curbuf->b_last_changedtick_pum = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf);
1742 	if (tick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf))  // see ins_apply_autocmds()
1743 	    u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1744 					(linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
1745     }
1746 #endif
1747 
1748     if (must_redraw)
1749 	update_screen(0);
1750     else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1751 	showmode();		/* clear cmdline and show mode */
1752 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL)
1753     if ((conceal_update_lines
1754 	    && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line
1755 		|| conceal_cursor_line(curwin)))
1756 	    || need_cursor_line_redraw)
1757     {
1758 	if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line)
1759 	    update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line);
1760 	update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0
1761 		       ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line);
1762 	curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW;
1763     }
1764 # endif
1765     showruler(FALSE);
1766     setcursor();
1767     emsg_on_display = FALSE;	/* may remove error message now */
1768 }
1769 
1770 /*
1771  * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1772  */
1773     static void
1774 ins_ctrl_v(void)
1775 {
1776     int		c;
1777     int		did_putchar = FALSE;
1778 
1779     /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1780     ins_redraw(FALSE);
1781 
1782     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1783     {
1784 	edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1785 	did_putchar = TRUE;
1786     }
1787     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
1788 
1789 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1790     add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1791 #endif
1792 
1793     c = get_literal();
1794     if (did_putchar)
1795 	/* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next
1796 	 * line and will not removed by the redraw */
1797 	edit_unputchar();
1798 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1799     clear_showcmd();
1800 #endif
1801     insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1802 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1803     revins_chars++;
1804     revins_legal++;
1805 #endif
1806 }
1807 
1808 /*
1809  * Put a character directly onto the screen.  It's not stored in a buffer.
1810  * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1811  */
1812 static int  pc_status;
1813 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET	0	/* pc_bytes was not set */
1814 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT	1	/* right halve of double-wide char */
1815 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT	2	/* left halve of double-wide char */
1816 #define PC_STATUS_SET	3	/* pc_bytes was filled */
1817 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1818 static int  pc_attr;
1819 static int  pc_row;
1820 static int  pc_col;
1821 
1822     void
1823 edit_putchar(int c, int highlight)
1824 {
1825     int	    attr;
1826 
1827     if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1828     {
1829 	update_topline();	/* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1830 	validate_cursor();
1831 	if (highlight)
1832 	    attr = HL_ATTR(HLF_8);
1833 	else
1834 	    attr = 0;
1835 	pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1836 	pc_col = curwin->w_wincol;
1837 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1838 	pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1839 #endif
1840 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1841 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1842 	{
1843 	    pc_col += curwin->w_width - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1844 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1845 	    if (has_mbyte)
1846 	    {
1847 		int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1848 
1849 		if (fix_col != pc_col)
1850 		{
1851 		    screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1852 		    --curwin->w_wcol;
1853 		    pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1854 		}
1855 	    }
1856 # endif
1857 	}
1858 	else
1859 #endif
1860 	{
1861 	    pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1862 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1863 	    if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1864 		pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1865 #endif
1866 	}
1867 
1868 	/* save the character to be able to put it back */
1869 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1870 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1871 #endif
1872 	{
1873 	    screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1874 	    pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1875 	}
1876 	screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1877     }
1878 }
1879 
1880 #if defined(FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL) || defined(PROTO)
1881 /*
1882  * Return the effective prompt for the current buffer.
1883  */
1884     char_u *
1885 prompt_text(void)
1886 {
1887     if (curbuf->b_prompt_text == NULL)
1888 	return (char_u *)"% ";
1889     return curbuf->b_prompt_text;
1890 }
1891 
1892 /*
1893  * Prepare for prompt mode: Make sure the last line has the prompt text.
1894  * Move the cursor to this line.
1895  */
1896     static void
1897 init_prompt(int cmdchar_todo)
1898 {
1899     char_u *prompt = prompt_text();
1900     char_u *text;
1901 
1902     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1903     text = ml_get_curline();
1904     if (STRNCMP(text, prompt, STRLEN(prompt)) != 0)
1905     {
1906 	// prompt is missing, insert it or append a line with it
1907 	if (*text == NUL)
1908 	    ml_replace(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, prompt, TRUE);
1909 	else
1910 	    ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, prompt, 0, FALSE);
1911 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1912 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1913 	changed_bytes(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, 0);
1914     }
1915 
1916     // Insert always starts after the prompt, allow editing text after it.
1917     if (Insstart_orig.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum
1918 				   || Insstart_orig.col != (int)STRLEN(prompt))
1919     {
1920 	Insstart.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1921 	Insstart.col = (int)STRLEN(prompt);
1922 	Insstart_orig = Insstart;
1923 	Insstart_textlen = Insstart.col;
1924 	Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
1925 	arrow_used = FALSE;
1926     }
1927 
1928     if (cmdchar_todo == 'A')
1929 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1930     if (cmdchar_todo == 'I' || curwin->w_cursor.col <= (int)STRLEN(prompt))
1931 	curwin->w_cursor.col = (int)STRLEN(prompt);
1932     /* Make sure the cursor is in a valid position. */
1933     check_cursor();
1934 }
1935 
1936 /*
1937  * Return TRUE if the cursor is in the editable position of the prompt line.
1938  */
1939     int
1940 prompt_curpos_editable()
1941 {
1942     return curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
1943 	&& curwin->w_cursor.col >= (int)STRLEN(prompt_text());
1944 }
1945 #endif
1946 
1947 /*
1948  * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1949  */
1950     void
1951 edit_unputchar(void)
1952 {
1953     if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1954     {
1955 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1956 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1957 	    ++curwin->w_wcol;
1958 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1959 	    redrawWinline(curwin, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1960 	else
1961 #endif
1962 	    screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1963     }
1964 }
1965 
1966 /*
1967  * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1968  * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1969  */
1970     void
1971 display_dollar(colnr_T col)
1972 {
1973     colnr_T save_col;
1974 
1975     if (!redrawing())
1976 	return;
1977 
1978     cursor_off();
1979     save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1980     curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1982     if (has_mbyte)
1983     {
1984 	char_u *p;
1985 
1986 	/* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1987 	p = ml_get_curline();
1988 	curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1989     }
1990 #endif
1991     curs_columns(FALSE);	    /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1992     if (curwin->w_wcol < curwin->w_width)
1993     {
1994 	edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1995 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1996     }
1997     curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1998 }
1999 
2000 /*
2001  * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
2002  * in insert mode.
2003  */
2004     static void
2005 undisplay_dollar(void)
2006 {
2007     if (dollar_vcol >= 0)
2008     {
2009 	dollar_vcol = -1;
2010 	redrawWinline(curwin, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
2011     }
2012 }
2013 
2014 /*
2015  * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
2016  * Keep the cursor on the same character.
2017  * type == INDENT_INC	increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
2018  * type == INDENT_DEC	decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
2019  * type == INDENT_SET	set indent to "amount"
2020  * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
2021  */
2022     void
2023 change_indent(
2024     int		type,
2025     int		amount,
2026     int		round,
2027     int		replaced,	/* replaced character, put on replace stack */
2028     int		call_changed_bytes)	/* call changed_bytes() */
2029 {
2030     int		vcol;
2031     int		last_vcol;
2032     int		insstart_less;		/* reduction for Insstart.col */
2033     int		new_cursor_col;
2034     int		i;
2035     char_u	*ptr;
2036     int		save_p_list;
2037     int		start_col;
2038     colnr_T	vc;
2039     colnr_T	orig_col = 0;		/* init for GCC */
2040     char_u	*new_line, *orig_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
2041 
2042     /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
2043     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
2044     {
2045 	orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());  /* Deal with NULL below */
2046 	orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2047     }
2048 
2049     /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
2050     save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
2051     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
2052     vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
2053     vcol = vc;
2054 
2055     /*
2056      * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
2057      * possible when the cursor is in the indent.  Remember the number of
2058      * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
2059      */
2060     start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2061 
2062     /* determine offset from first non-blank */
2063     new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2064     beginline(BL_WHITE);
2065     new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
2066 
2067     insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2068 
2069     /*
2070      * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
2071      * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
2072      */
2073     if (new_cursor_col < 0)
2074 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
2075 
2076     if (new_cursor_col > 0)	    /* can't fix replace stack */
2077 	start_col = -1;
2078 
2079     /*
2080      * Set the new indent.  The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
2081      */
2082     if (type == INDENT_SET)
2083 	(void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
2084     else
2085     {
2086 	int	save_State = State;
2087 
2088 	/* Avoid being called recursively. */
2089 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
2090 	    State = INSERT;
2091 	shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
2092 	State = save_State;
2093     }
2094     insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
2095 
2096     /*
2097      * Try to put cursor on same character.
2098      * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
2099      * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
2100      * non-blank character.
2101      * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
2102      * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
2103      * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
2104      */
2105     if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
2106     {
2107 	/*
2108 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
2109 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
2110 	 */
2111 	if (new_cursor_col == 0)
2112 	    insstart_less = MAXCOL;
2113 	new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
2114     }
2115     else if (!(State & INSERT))
2116 	new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2117     else
2118     {
2119 	/*
2120 	 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
2121 	 */
2122 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
2123 	curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol);
2124 
2125 	/*
2126 	 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
2127 	 */
2128 	vcol = last_vcol = 0;
2129 	new_cursor_col = -1;
2130 	ptr = ml_get_curline();
2131 	while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
2132 	{
2133 	    last_vcol = vcol;
2134 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2135 	    if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
2136 		new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
2137 	    else
2138 #endif
2139 		++new_cursor_col;
2140 	    vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
2141 	}
2142 	vcol = last_vcol;
2143 
2144 	/*
2145 	 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
2146 	 * the right screen column.
2147 	 */
2148 	if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
2149 	{
2150 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
2151 	    i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
2152 	    ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1));
2153 	    if (ptr != NULL)
2154 	    {
2155 		new_cursor_col += i;
2156 		ptr[i] = NUL;
2157 		while (--i >= 0)
2158 		    ptr[i] = ' ';
2159 		ins_str(ptr);
2160 		vim_free(ptr);
2161 	    }
2162 	}
2163 
2164 	/*
2165 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
2166 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
2167 	 */
2168 	insstart_less = MAXCOL;
2169     }
2170 
2171     curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
2172 
2173     if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
2174 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2175     else
2176 	curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
2177     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
2178     changed_cline_bef_curs();
2179 
2180     /*
2181      * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
2182      */
2183     if (State & INSERT)
2184     {
2185 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
2186 	{
2187 	    if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
2188 		Insstart.col = 0;
2189 	    else
2190 		Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
2191 	}
2192 	if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
2193 	    ai_col = 0;
2194 	else
2195 	    ai_col -= insstart_less;
2196     }
2197 
2198     /*
2199      * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
2200      * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
2201      * few characters from the replace stack.
2202      * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
2203      * few NULs onto the replace stack.
2204      */
2205     if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
2206     {
2207 	while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
2208 	{
2209 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
2210 	    --start_col;
2211 	}
2212 	while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
2213 	{
2214 	    replace_push(NUL);
2215 	    if (replaced)
2216 	    {
2217 		replace_push(replaced);
2218 		replaced = NUL;
2219 	    }
2220 	    ++start_col;
2221 	}
2222     }
2223 
2224     /*
2225      * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack.  In this case
2226      * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
2227      * put it back again the way we wanted it.
2228      */
2229     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
2230     {
2231 	/* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return.  At least we did the job,
2232 	 * even if you can't backspace. */
2233 	if (orig_line == NULL)
2234 	    return;
2235 
2236 	/* Save new line */
2237 	new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
2238 	if (new_line == NULL)
2239 	    return;
2240 
2241 	/* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
2242 	new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
2243 
2244 	/* Put back original line */
2245 	ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
2246 	curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
2247 
2248 	/* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
2249 	backspace_until_column(0);
2250 
2251 	/* Insert new stuff into line again */
2252 	ins_bytes(new_line);
2253 
2254 	vim_free(new_line);
2255     }
2256 }
2257 
2258 /*
2259  * Truncate the space at the end of a line.  This is to be used only in an
2260  * insert mode.  It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
2261  * modes.
2262  */
2263     void
2264 truncate_spaces(char_u *line)
2265 {
2266     int	    i;
2267 
2268     /* find start of trailing white space */
2269     for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(line[i]); i--)
2270     {
2271 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
2272 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
2273     }
2274     line[i + 1] = NUL;
2275 }
2276 
2277 /*
2278  * Backspace the cursor until the given column.  Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
2279  * modes correctly.  May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
2280  * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
2281  * character.
2282  */
2283     void
2284 backspace_until_column(int col)
2285 {
2286     while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
2287     {
2288 	curwin->w_cursor.col--;
2289 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
2290 	    replace_do_bs(col);
2291 	else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
2292 	    break;
2293     }
2294 }
2295 
2296 /*
2297  * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
2298  * Only matters when there are composing characters.
2299  * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
2300  */
2301    static int
2302 del_char_after_col(int limit_col UNUSED)
2303 {
2304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2305     if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
2306     {
2307 	colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
2308 
2309 	/* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
2310 	 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
2311 	 * composing character. */
2312 	mb_adjust_cursor();
2313 	while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col)
2314 	{
2315 	    int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
2316 
2317 	    if (l == 0)  /* end of line */
2318 		break;
2319 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
2320 	}
2321 	if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
2322 	    return FALSE;
2323 	del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
2324     }
2325     else
2326 #endif
2327 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
2328     return TRUE;
2329 }
2330 
2331 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
2332 /*
2333  * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
2334  */
2335     static void
2336 ins_ctrl_x(void)
2337 {
2338     /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
2339      * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
2340     if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
2341     {
2342 	/* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
2343 	 * compl_cont_status */
2344 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
2345 	    compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
2346 	else
2347 	    compl_cont_status = 0;
2348 	/* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
2349 	ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2350 	edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
2351 	edit_submode_pre = NULL;
2352 	showmode();
2353     }
2354 }
2355 
2356 /*
2357  * Whether other than default completion has been selected.
2358  */
2359     int
2360 ctrl_x_mode_not_default(void)
2361 {
2362     return ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL;
2363 }
2364 
2365 /*
2366  * Whether CTRL-X was typed without a following character.
2367  */
2368     int
2369 ctrl_x_mode_not_defined_yet(void)
2370 {
2371     return ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2372 }
2373 
2374 /*
2375  * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
2376  */
2377     static int
2378 has_compl_option(int dict_opt)
2379 {
2380     if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
2381 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2382 							&& !curwin->w_p_spell
2383 # endif
2384 							)
2385 		 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
2386     {
2387 	ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL;
2388 	edit_submode = NULL;
2389 	msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
2390 			  : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
2391 							      HL_ATTR(HLF_E));
2392 	if (emsg_silent == 0)
2393 	{
2394 	    vim_beep(BO_COMPL);
2395 	    setcursor();
2396 	    out_flush();
2397 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2398 	    if (!get_vim_var_nr(VV_TESTING))
2399 #endif
2400 		ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
2401 	}
2402 	return FALSE;
2403     }
2404     return TRUE;
2405 }
2406 
2407 /*
2408  * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
2409  * This depends on the current mode.
2410  */
2411     int
2412 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c)
2413 {
2414     // Always allow ^R - let its results then be checked
2415     if (c == Ctrl_R)
2416 	return TRUE;
2417 
2418     /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2419     if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2420 	return TRUE;
2421 
2422     switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2423     {
2424 	case 0:		    /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2425 	    return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2426 	case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2427 	    return (   c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2428 		    || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2429 		    || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2430 		    || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2431 		    || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2432 		    || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's');
2433 	case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2434 	    return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2435 	case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2436 	    return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2437 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
2438 	    return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2439 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2440 	    return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2441 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2442 	    return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2443 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2444 	    return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2445 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2446 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2447 	    return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2448 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2449 	    return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2450 #endif
2451 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2452 	    return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2453 		    || c == Ctrl_X);
2454 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2455 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2456 	    return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2457 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2458 	    return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2459 #endif
2460 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2461 	    return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2462 	case CTRL_X_EVAL:
2463 	    return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2464     }
2465     internal_error("vim_is_ctrl_x_key()");
2466     return FALSE;
2467 }
2468 
2469 /*
2470  * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
2471  * completed.  Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
2472  * is visible.
2473  */
2474     static int
2475 ins_compl_accept_char(int c)
2476 {
2477     if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
2478 	/* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
2479 	return vim_isIDc(c);
2480 
2481     switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2482     {
2483 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
2484 	    /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
2485 	     * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
2486 	     * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
2487 	    return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
2488 
2489 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2490 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2491 	    /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
2492 	     * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
2493 	    return vim_isprintc(c) && !VIM_ISWHITE(c);
2494 
2495 	case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2496 	    /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
2497 	    return vim_isprintc(c);
2498     }
2499     return vim_iswordc(c);
2500 }
2501 
2502 /*
2503  * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2504  * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2505  * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2506  * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2507  */
2508     int
2509 ins_compl_add_infercase(
2510     char_u	*str,
2511     int		len,
2512     int		icase,
2513     char_u	*fname,
2514     int		dir,
2515     int		flags)
2516 {
2517     char_u	*p;
2518     int		i, c;
2519     int		actual_len;		/* Take multi-byte characters */
2520     int		actual_compl_length;	/* into account. */
2521     int		min_len;
2522     int		*wca;			/* Wide character array. */
2523     int		has_lower = FALSE;
2524     int		was_letter = FALSE;
2525 
2526     if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
2527     {
2528 	/* Infer case of completed part. */
2529 
2530 	/* Find actual length of completion. */
2531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2532 	if (has_mbyte)
2533 	{
2534 	    p = str;
2535 	    actual_len = 0;
2536 	    while (*p != NUL)
2537 	    {
2538 		MB_PTR_ADV(p);
2539 		++actual_len;
2540 	    }
2541 	}
2542 	else
2543 #endif
2544 	    actual_len = len;
2545 
2546 	/* Find actual length of original text. */
2547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2548 	if (has_mbyte)
2549 	{
2550 	    p = compl_orig_text;
2551 	    actual_compl_length = 0;
2552 	    while (*p != NUL)
2553 	    {
2554 		MB_PTR_ADV(p);
2555 		++actual_compl_length;
2556 	    }
2557 	}
2558 	else
2559 #endif
2560 	    actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2561 
2562 	/* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using
2563 	 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */
2564 	min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length
2565 					   ? actual_len : actual_compl_length;
2566 
2567 	/* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2568 	wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int)));
2569 	if (wca != NULL)
2570 	{
2571 	    p = str;
2572 	    for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2574 		if (has_mbyte)
2575 		    wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2576 		else
2577 #endif
2578 		    wca[i] = *(p++);
2579 
2580 	    /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2581 	    p = compl_orig_text;
2582 	    for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i)
2583 	    {
2584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2585 		if (has_mbyte)
2586 		    c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2587 		else
2588 #endif
2589 		    c = *(p++);
2590 		if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2591 		{
2592 		    has_lower = TRUE;
2593 		    if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2594 		    {
2595 			/* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2596 			for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2597 			    wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2598 			break;
2599 		    }
2600 		}
2601 	    }
2602 
2603 	    /*
2604 	     * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2605 	     * upper case.
2606 	     */
2607 	    if (!has_lower)
2608 	    {
2609 		p = compl_orig_text;
2610 		for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i)
2611 		{
2612 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2613 		    if (has_mbyte)
2614 			c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2615 		    else
2616 #endif
2617 			c = *(p++);
2618 		    if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2619 		    {
2620 			/* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2621 			for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2622 			    wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2623 			break;
2624 		    }
2625 		    was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2626 		}
2627 	    }
2628 
2629 	    /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2630 	    p = compl_orig_text;
2631 	    for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i)
2632 	    {
2633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2634 		if (has_mbyte)
2635 		    c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2636 		else
2637 #endif
2638 		    c = *(p++);
2639 		if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2640 		    wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2641 		else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2642 		    wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2643 	    }
2644 
2645 	    /*
2646 	     * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2647 	     * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2648 	     * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2649 	     * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2650 	     */
2651 	    p = IObuff;
2652 	    i = 0;
2653 	    while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2655 		if (has_mbyte)
2656 		    p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
2657 		else
2658 #endif
2659 		    *(p++) = wca[i++];
2660 	    *p = NUL;
2661 
2662 	    vim_free(wca);
2663 	}
2664 
2665 	return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2666 								flags, FALSE);
2667     }
2668     return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2669 }
2670 
2671 /*
2672  * Add a match to the list of matches.
2673  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2674  * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
2675  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2676  */
2677     static int
2678 ins_compl_add(
2679     char_u	*str,
2680     int		len,
2681     int		icase,
2682     char_u	*fname,
2683     char_u	**cptext,   /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2684     int		cdir,
2685     int		flags,
2686     int		adup)	    /* accept duplicate match */
2687 {
2688     compl_T	*match;
2689     int		dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2690 
2691     ui_breakcheck();
2692     if (got_int)
2693 	return FAIL;
2694     if (len < 0)
2695 	len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2696 
2697     /*
2698      * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2699      */
2700     if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2701     {
2702 	match = compl_first_match;
2703 	do
2704 	{
2705 	    if (    !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2706 		    && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2707 		    && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2708 		return NOTDONE;
2709 	    match = match->cp_next;
2710 	} while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2711     }
2712 
2713     /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2714     ins_compl_del_pum();
2715 
2716     /*
2717      * Allocate a new match structure.
2718      * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2719      */
2720     match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2721     if (match == NULL)
2722 	return FAIL;
2723     match->cp_number = -1;
2724     if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2725 	match->cp_number = 0;
2726     if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2727     {
2728 	vim_free(match);
2729 	return FAIL;
2730     }
2731     match->cp_icase = icase;
2732 
2733     /* match-fname is:
2734      * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2735      * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2736      * - NULL otherwise.	--Acevedo */
2737     if (fname != NULL
2738 	    && compl_curr_match != NULL
2739 	    && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2740 	    && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2741 	match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2742     else if (fname != NULL)
2743     {
2744 	match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2745 	flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2746     }
2747     else
2748 	match->cp_fname = NULL;
2749     match->cp_flags = flags;
2750 
2751     if (cptext != NULL)
2752     {
2753 	int i;
2754 
2755 	for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2756 	    if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2757 		match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2758     }
2759 
2760     /*
2761      * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2762      */
2763     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2764 	match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2765     else if (dir == FORWARD)
2766     {
2767 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2768 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2769     }
2770     else	/* BACKWARD */
2771     {
2772 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2773 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2774     }
2775     if (match->cp_next)
2776 	match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2777     if (match->cp_prev)
2778 	match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2779     else	/* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2780 	compl_first_match = match;
2781     compl_curr_match = match;
2782 
2783     /*
2784      * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2785      */
2786     if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2787 	ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2788 
2789     return OK;
2790 }
2791 
2792 /*
2793  * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2794  * match->cp_icase.
2795  */
2796     static int
2797 ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)
2798 {
2799     if (match->cp_icase)
2800 	return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2801     return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2802 }
2803 
2804 /*
2805  * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2806  */
2807     static void
2808 ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match)
2809 {
2810     char_u	*p, *s;
2811     int		c1, c2;
2812     int		had_match;
2813 
2814     if (compl_leader == NULL)
2815     {
2816 	/* First match, use it as a whole. */
2817 	compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2818 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
2819 	{
2820 	    had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2821 	    ins_compl_delete();
2822 	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2823 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
2824 
2825 	    /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2826 	     * again after redrawing. */
2827 	    if (!had_match)
2828 		ins_compl_delete();
2829 	    compl_used_match = FALSE;
2830 	}
2831     }
2832     else
2833     {
2834 	/* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2835 	p = compl_leader;
2836 	s = match->cp_str;
2837 	while (*p != NUL)
2838 	{
2839 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2840 	    if (has_mbyte)
2841 	    {
2842 		c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2843 		c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2844 	    }
2845 	    else
2846 #endif
2847 	    {
2848 		c1 = *p;
2849 		c2 = *s;
2850 	    }
2851 	    if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2852 								 : (c1 != c2))
2853 		break;
2854 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2855 	    if (has_mbyte)
2856 	    {
2857 		MB_PTR_ADV(p);
2858 		MB_PTR_ADV(s);
2859 	    }
2860 	    else
2861 #endif
2862 	    {
2863 		++p;
2864 		++s;
2865 	    }
2866 	}
2867 
2868 	if (*p != NUL)
2869 	{
2870 	    /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2871 	    *p = NUL;
2872 	    had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2873 	    ins_compl_delete();
2874 	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2875 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
2876 
2877 	    /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2878 	     * again after redrawing. */
2879 	    if (!had_match)
2880 		ins_compl_delete();
2881 	}
2882 
2883 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
2884     }
2885 }
2886 
2887 /*
2888  * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2889  * Frees matches[].
2890  */
2891     static void
2892 ins_compl_add_matches(
2893     int		num_matches,
2894     char_u	**matches,
2895     int		icase)
2896 {
2897     int		i;
2898     int		add_r = OK;
2899     int		dir = compl_direction;
2900 
2901     for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2902 	if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2903 					    NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2904 	    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2905 	    dir = FORWARD;
2906     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2907 }
2908 
2909 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2910  * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2911  */
2912     static int
2913 ins_compl_make_cyclic(void)
2914 {
2915     compl_T *match;
2916     int	    count = 0;
2917 
2918     if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2919     {
2920 	/*
2921 	 * Find the end of the list.
2922 	 */
2923 	match = compl_first_match;
2924 	/* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2925 	while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2926 	{
2927 	    match = match->cp_next;
2928 	    ++count;
2929 	}
2930 	match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2931 	compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2932     }
2933     return count;
2934 }
2935 
2936 /*
2937  * Set variables that store noselect and noinsert behavior from the
2938  * 'completeopt' value.
2939  */
2940     void
2941 completeopt_was_set(void)
2942 {
2943     compl_no_insert = FALSE;
2944     compl_no_select = FALSE;
2945     if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL)
2946 	compl_no_select = TRUE;
2947     if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL)
2948 	compl_no_insert = TRUE;
2949 }
2950 
2951 /*
2952  * Start completion for the complete() function.
2953  * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2954  * "list" is the list of matches.
2955  */
2956     void
2957 set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list)
2958 {
2959     int save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow;
2960     int save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol;
2961 
2962     /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2963     if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL)
2964 	ins_compl_prep(' ');
2965     ins_compl_clear();
2966     ins_compl_free();
2967 
2968     compl_direction = FORWARD;
2969     if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col)
2970 	startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2971     compl_col = startcol;
2972     compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol;
2973     /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2974     compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2975     if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2976 			-1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2977 	return;
2978 
2979     ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL;
2980 
2981     ins_compl_add_list(list);
2982     compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2983     compl_started = TRUE;
2984     compl_used_match = TRUE;
2985     compl_cont_status = 0;
2986 
2987     compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2988     if (compl_no_insert || compl_no_select)
2989     {
2990 	ins_complete(K_DOWN, FALSE);
2991 	if (compl_no_select)
2992 	    /* Down/Up has no real effect. */
2993 	    ins_complete(K_UP, FALSE);
2994     }
2995     else
2996 	ins_complete(Ctrl_N, FALSE);
2997     compl_enter_selects = compl_no_insert;
2998 
2999     /* Lazily show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
3000     if (!compl_interrupted)
3001 	show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol);
3002     out_flush();
3003 }
3004 
3005 
3006 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
3007  * popup menu.  It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
3008 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
3009 static int compl_match_arraysize;
3010 
3011 /*
3012  * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
3013  */
3014     static void
3015 ins_compl_upd_pum(void)
3016 {
3017     int		h;
3018 
3019     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
3020     {
3021 	h = curwin->w_cline_height;
3022 	update_screen(0);
3023 	if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
3024 	    ins_compl_del_pum();
3025     }
3026 }
3027 
3028 /*
3029  * Remove any popup menu.
3030  */
3031     static void
3032 ins_compl_del_pum(void)
3033 {
3034     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
3035     {
3036 	pum_undisplay();
3037 	VIM_CLEAR(compl_match_array);
3038     }
3039 }
3040 
3041 /*
3042  * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
3043  */
3044     static int
3045 pum_wanted(void)
3046 {
3047     /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
3048     if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
3049 	return FALSE;
3050 
3051     /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
3052     if (t_colors < 8
3053 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3054 	    && !gui.in_use
3055 #endif
3056 	    )
3057 	return FALSE;
3058     return TRUE;
3059 }
3060 
3061 /*
3062  * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
3063  * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
3064  */
3065     static int
3066 pum_enough_matches(void)
3067 {
3068     compl_T     *compl;
3069     int		i;
3070 
3071     /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
3072      * one (ignoring the original text). */
3073     compl = compl_first_match;
3074     i = 0;
3075     do
3076     {
3077 	if (compl == NULL
3078 		      || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
3079 	    break;
3080 	compl = compl->cp_next;
3081     } while (compl != compl_first_match);
3082 
3083     if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
3084 	return (i >= 1);
3085     return (i >= 2);
3086 }
3087 
3088 /*
3089  * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
3090  * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
3091  */
3092     void
3093 ins_compl_show_pum(void)
3094 {
3095     compl_T     *compl;
3096     compl_T     *shown_compl = NULL;
3097     int		did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
3098     int		shown_match_ok = FALSE;
3099     int		i;
3100     int		cur = -1;
3101     colnr_T	col;
3102     int		lead_len = 0;
3103 
3104     if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
3105 	return;
3106 
3107 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3108     /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
3109     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
3110 #endif
3111 
3112     /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
3113     update_screen(0);
3114 
3115     if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3116     {
3117 	/* Need to build the popup menu list. */
3118 	compl_match_arraysize = 0;
3119 	compl = compl_first_match;
3120 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
3121 	    lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
3122 	do
3123 	{
3124 	    if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
3125 		    && (compl_leader == NULL
3126 			|| ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
3127 		++compl_match_arraysize;
3128 	    compl = compl->cp_next;
3129 	} while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
3130 	if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
3131 	    return;
3132 	compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
3133 				    (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
3134 						    * compl_match_arraysize));
3135 	if (compl_match_array != NULL)
3136 	{
3137 	    /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
3138 	     * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
3139 	    if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3140 		shown_match_ok = TRUE;
3141 
3142 	    i = 0;
3143 	    compl = compl_first_match;
3144 	    do
3145 	    {
3146 		if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
3147 			&& (compl_leader == NULL
3148 			    || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
3149 		{
3150 		    if (!shown_match_ok)
3151 		    {
3152 			if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
3153 			{
3154 			    /* This item is the shown match or this is the
3155 			     * first displayed item after the shown match. */
3156 			    compl_shown_match = compl;
3157 			    did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
3158 			    shown_match_ok = TRUE;
3159 			}
3160 			else
3161 			    /* Remember this displayed match for when the
3162 			     * shown match is just below it. */
3163 			    shown_compl = compl;
3164 			cur = i;
3165 		    }
3166 
3167 		    if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
3168 			compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
3169 						     compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
3170 		    else
3171 			compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
3172 		    compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
3173 		    compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
3174 		    if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
3175 			compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
3176 						     compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
3177 		    else
3178 			compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
3179 		}
3180 
3181 		if (compl == compl_shown_match)
3182 		{
3183 		    did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
3184 
3185 		    /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
3186 		     * compl_shown_match. */
3187 		    if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3188 			shown_match_ok = TRUE;
3189 
3190 		    if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
3191 		    {
3192 			/* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
3193 			 * previously displayed match. */
3194 			compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
3195 			shown_match_ok = TRUE;
3196 		    }
3197 		}
3198 		compl = compl->cp_next;
3199 	    } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
3200 
3201 	    if (!shown_match_ok)    /* no displayed match at all */
3202 		cur = -1;
3203 	}
3204     }
3205     else
3206     {
3207 	/* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
3208 	for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
3209 	    if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
3210 		    || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
3211 				      == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
3212 	    {
3213 		cur = i;
3214 		break;
3215 	    }
3216     }
3217 
3218     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
3219     {
3220 	/* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only
3221 	 * part of the screen would be updated.  We do need to redraw here. */
3222 	dollar_vcol = -1;
3223 
3224 	/* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
3225 	 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
3226 	col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3227 	curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
3228 	pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
3229 	curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
3230     }
3231 }
3232 
3233 #define DICT_FIRST	(1)	/* use just first element in "dict" */
3234 #define DICT_EXACT	(2)	/* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
3235 
3236 /*
3237  * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
3238  * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
3239  */
3240     static void
3241 ins_compl_dictionaries(
3242     char_u	*dict_start,
3243     char_u	*pat,
3244     int		flags,		/* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
3245     int		thesaurus)	/* Thesaurus completion */
3246 {
3247     char_u	*dict = dict_start;
3248     char_u	*ptr;
3249     char_u	*buf;
3250     regmatch_T	regmatch;
3251     char_u	**files;
3252     int		count;
3253     int		save_p_scs;
3254     int		dir = compl_direction;
3255 
3256     if (*dict == NUL)
3257     {
3258 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3259 	/* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
3260 	 * "spell". */
3261 	if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
3262 	    dict = (char_u *)"spell";
3263 	else
3264 #endif
3265 	    return;
3266     }
3267 
3268     buf = alloc(LSIZE);
3269     if (buf == NULL)
3270 	return;
3271     regmatch.regprog = NULL;	/* so that we can goto theend */
3272 
3273     /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
3274     save_p_scs = p_scs;
3275     if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
3276 	p_scs = FALSE;
3277 
3278     /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
3279      * to only match at the start of a line.  Otherwise just match the
3280      * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
3281     if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
3282     {
3283 	char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
3284 	size_t len;
3285 
3286 	if (pat_esc == NULL)
3287 	    goto theend;
3288 	len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
3289 	ptr = alloc((unsigned)len);
3290 	if (ptr == NULL)
3291 	{
3292 	    vim_free(pat_esc);
3293 	    goto theend;
3294 	}
3295 	vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
3296 	regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
3297 	vim_free(pat_esc);
3298 	vim_free(ptr);
3299     }
3300     else
3301     {
3302 	regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
3303 	if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
3304 	    goto theend;
3305     }
3306 
3307     /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
3308     regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
3309     while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
3310     {
3311 	/* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
3312 	if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
3313 	{
3314 	    count = 1;
3315 	    files = &dict;
3316 	}
3317 	else
3318 	{
3319 	    /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
3320 	     * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
3321 	     * a modeline). */
3322 	    copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
3323 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3324 	    if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
3325 		count = -1;
3326 	    else
3327 # endif
3328 		if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
3329 		    || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
3330 						     EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
3331 		count = 0;
3332 	}
3333 
3334 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3335 	if (count == -1)
3336 	{
3337 	    /* Complete from active spelling.  Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
3338 	     * don't use it as a RE. */
3339 	    if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
3340 		ptr = pat + 2;
3341 	    else
3342 		ptr = pat;
3343 	    spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
3344 	}
3345 	else
3346 # endif
3347 	    if (count > 0)	/* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
3348 	{
3349 	    ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
3350 							&regmatch, buf, &dir);
3351 	    if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
3352 		FreeWild(count, files);
3353 	}
3354 	if (flags != 0)
3355 	    break;
3356     }
3357 
3358 theend:
3359     p_scs = save_p_scs;
3360     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
3361     vim_free(buf);
3362 }
3363 
3364     static void
3365 ins_compl_files(
3366     int		count,
3367     char_u	**files,
3368     int		thesaurus,
3369     int		flags,
3370     regmatch_T	*regmatch,
3371     char_u	*buf,
3372     int		*dir)
3373 {
3374     char_u	*ptr;
3375     int		i;
3376     FILE	*fp;
3377     int		add_r;
3378 
3379     for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
3380     {
3381 	fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r");  /* open dictionary file */
3382 	if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
3383 	{
3384 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
3385 			      _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
3386 	    (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R));
3387 	}
3388 
3389 	if (fp != NULL)
3390 	{
3391 	    /*
3392 	     * Read dictionary file line by line.
3393 	     * Check each line for a match.
3394 	     */
3395 	    while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
3396 					    && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
3397 	    {
3398 		ptr = buf;
3399 		while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
3400 		{
3401 		    ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
3402 		    if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
3403 			ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
3404 		    else
3405 			ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3406 		    add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
3407 					  (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
3408 						     p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3409 		    if (thesaurus)
3410 		    {
3411 			char_u *wstart;
3412 
3413 			/*
3414 			 * Add the other matches on the line
3415 			 */
3416 			ptr = buf;
3417 			while (!got_int)
3418 			{
3419 			    /* Find start of the next word.  Skip white
3420 			     * space and punctuation. */
3421 			    ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
3422 			    if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
3423 				break;
3424 			    wstart = ptr;
3425 
3426 			    /* Find end of the word. */
3427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3428 			    if (has_mbyte)
3429 				/* Japanese words may have characters in
3430 				 * different classes, only separate words
3431 				 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
3432 				while (*ptr != NUL)
3433 				{
3434 				    int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3435 
3436 				    if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3437 					break;
3438 				    ptr += l;
3439 				}
3440 			    else
3441 #endif
3442 				ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3443 
3444 			    /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
3445 			    if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
3446 				add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
3447 					(int)(ptr - wstart),
3448 					p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3449 			}
3450 		    }
3451 		    if (add_r == OK)
3452 			/* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3453 			*dir = FORWARD;
3454 		    else if (add_r == FAIL)
3455 			break;
3456 		    /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
3457 		     * of line */
3458 		    if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
3459 			break;
3460 		}
3461 		line_breakcheck();
3462 		ins_compl_check_keys(50, FALSE);
3463 	    }
3464 	    fclose(fp);
3465 	}
3466     }
3467 }
3468 
3469 /*
3470  * Find the start of the next word.
3471  * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word.  Also stops at a NUL.
3472  */
3473     char_u *
3474 find_word_start(char_u *ptr)
3475 {
3476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3477     if (has_mbyte)
3478 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3479 	    ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3480     else
3481 #endif
3482 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3483 	    ++ptr;
3484     return ptr;
3485 }
3486 
3487 /*
3488  * Find the end of the word.  Assumes it starts inside a word.
3489  * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3490  */
3491     char_u *
3492 find_word_end(char_u *ptr)
3493 {
3494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3495     int		start_class;
3496 
3497     if (has_mbyte)
3498     {
3499 	start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3500 	if (start_class > 1)
3501 	    while (*ptr != NUL)
3502 	    {
3503 		ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3504 		if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3505 		    break;
3506 	    }
3507     }
3508     else
3509 #endif
3510 	while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3511 	    ++ptr;
3512     return ptr;
3513 }
3514 
3515 /*
3516  * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3517  * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3518  */
3519     static char_u *
3520 find_line_end(char_u *ptr)
3521 {
3522     char_u	*s;
3523 
3524     s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3525     while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3526 	--s;
3527     return s;
3528 }
3529 
3530 /*
3531  * Free the list of completions
3532  */
3533     static void
3534 ins_compl_free(void)
3535 {
3536     compl_T *match;
3537     int	    i;
3538 
3539     VIM_CLEAR(compl_pattern);
3540     VIM_CLEAR(compl_leader);
3541 
3542     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3543 	return;
3544 
3545     ins_compl_del_pum();
3546     pum_clear();
3547 
3548     compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3549     do
3550     {
3551 	match = compl_curr_match;
3552 	compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3553 	vim_free(match->cp_str);
3554 	/* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3555 	if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3556 	    vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3557 	for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3558 	    vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3559 	vim_free(match);
3560     } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3561     compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3562     compl_shown_match = NULL;
3563     compl_old_match = NULL;
3564 }
3565 
3566     static void
3567 ins_compl_clear(void)
3568 {
3569     compl_cont_status = 0;
3570     compl_started = FALSE;
3571     compl_matches = 0;
3572     VIM_CLEAR(compl_pattern);
3573     VIM_CLEAR(compl_leader);
3574     edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3575     VIM_CLEAR(compl_orig_text);
3576     compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3577     /* clear v:completed_item */
3578     set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED));
3579 }
3580 
3581 /*
3582  * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3583  */
3584     int
3585 ins_compl_active(void)
3586 {
3587     return compl_started;
3588 }
3589 
3590 /*
3591  * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3592  * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3593  * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3594  * to be got from the user.
3595  */
3596     static int
3597 ins_compl_bs(void)
3598 {
3599     char_u	*line;
3600     char_u	*p;
3601 
3602     line = ml_get_curline();
3603     p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3604     MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
3605 
3606     /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted.  For Omni completion
3607      * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything.
3608      * Respect the 'backspace' option. */
3609     if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
3610 	    || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
3611 		&& ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL
3612 	    || (!can_bs(BS_START) && (int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col
3613 							- compl_length < 0))
3614 	return K_BS;
3615 
3616     /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3617      * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3618     if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3619 						  || ins_compl_need_restart())
3620 	ins_compl_restart();
3621 
3622     vim_free(compl_leader);
3623     compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3624     if (compl_leader != NULL)
3625     {
3626 	ins_compl_new_leader();
3627 	if (compl_shown_match != NULL)
3628 	    /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */
3629 	    compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3630 	return NUL;
3631     }
3632     return K_BS;
3633 }
3634 
3635 /*
3636  * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to
3637  * be called.
3638  */
3639     static int
3640 ins_compl_need_restart(void)
3641 {
3642     /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the
3643      * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */
3644     return compl_was_interrupted
3645 	|| ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
3646 						  && compl_opt_refresh_always);
3647 }
3648 
3649 /*
3650  * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3651  * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3652  * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3653  */
3654     static void
3655 ins_compl_new_leader(void)
3656 {
3657     ins_compl_del_pum();
3658     ins_compl_delete();
3659     ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3660     compl_used_match = FALSE;
3661 
3662     if (compl_started)
3663 	ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3664     else
3665     {
3666 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3667 	spell_bad_len = 0;	/* need to redetect bad word */
3668 #endif
3669 	/*
3670 	 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now.  First display
3671 	 * the changed text before the cursor.  Set "compl_restarting" to
3672 	 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3673 	 */
3674 	update_screen(0);
3675 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3676 	if (gui.in_use)
3677 	{
3678 	    /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3679 	    setcursor();
3680 	    out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3681 	}
3682 #endif
3683 	compl_restarting = TRUE;
3684 	if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N, TRUE) == FAIL)
3685 	    compl_cont_status = 0;
3686 	compl_restarting = FALSE;
3687     }
3688 
3689     compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3690 
3691     /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3692     ins_compl_show_pum();
3693 
3694     /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3695     if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3696 	compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3697 }
3698 
3699 /*
3700  * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
3701  * the cursor column.  Making sure it never goes below zero.
3702  */
3703     static int
3704 ins_compl_len(void)
3705 {
3706     int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3707 
3708     if (off < 0)
3709 	return 0;
3710     return off;
3711 }
3712 
3713 /*
3714  * Append one character to the match leader.  May reduce the number of
3715  * matches.
3716  */
3717     static void
3718 ins_compl_addleader(int c)
3719 {
3720 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3721     int		cc;
3722 #endif
3723 
3724     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
3725 	return;
3726 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3727     if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3728     {
3729 	char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3730 
3731 	(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3732 	buf[cc] = NUL;
3733 	ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3734 	if (compl_opt_refresh_always)
3735 	    AppendToRedobuff(buf);
3736     }
3737     else
3738 #endif
3739     {
3740 	ins_char(c);
3741 	if (compl_opt_refresh_always)
3742 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
3743     }
3744 
3745     /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3746     if (ins_compl_need_restart())
3747 	ins_compl_restart();
3748 
3749     /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing,
3750      * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would
3751      * break redo. */
3752     if (!compl_opt_refresh_always)
3753     {
3754 	vim_free(compl_leader);
3755 	compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3756 				     (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col));
3757 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
3758 	    ins_compl_new_leader();
3759     }
3760 }
3761 
3762 /*
3763  * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode.  Used when
3764  * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3765  */
3766     static void
3767 ins_compl_restart(void)
3768 {
3769     ins_compl_free();
3770     compl_started = FALSE;
3771     compl_matches = 0;
3772     compl_cont_status = 0;
3773     compl_cont_mode = 0;
3774 }
3775 
3776 /*
3777  * Set the first match, the original text.
3778  */
3779     static void
3780 ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str)
3781 {
3782     char_u	*p;
3783 
3784     /* Replace the original text entry.
3785      * The ORIGINAL_TEXT flag is either at the first item or might possibly be
3786      * at the last item for backward completion */
3787     if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)	/* safety check */
3788     {
3789 	p = vim_strsave(str);
3790 	if (p != NULL)
3791 	{
3792 	    vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3793 	    compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3794 	}
3795     }
3796     else if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
3797 	    && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
3798     {
3799        p = vim_strsave(str);
3800        if (p != NULL)
3801        {
3802            vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_str);
3803            compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_str = p;
3804        }
3805     }
3806 }
3807 
3808 /*
3809  * Append one character to the match leader.  May reduce the number of
3810  * matches.
3811  */
3812     static void
3813 ins_compl_addfrommatch(void)
3814 {
3815     char_u	*p;
3816     int		len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3817     int		c;
3818     compl_T	*cp;
3819 
3820     p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3821     if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len)   /* the match is too short */
3822     {
3823 	/* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3824 	 * the leader. */
3825 	if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3826 	{
3827 	    p = NULL;
3828 	    for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3829 				 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3830 	    {
3831 		if (compl_leader == NULL
3832 			|| ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3833 						   (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3834 		{
3835 		    p = cp->cp_str;
3836 		    break;
3837 		}
3838 	    }
3839 	    if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3840 		return;
3841 	}
3842 	else
3843 	    return;
3844     }
3845     p += len;
3846     c = PTR2CHAR(p);
3847     ins_compl_addleader(c);
3848 }
3849 
3850 /*
3851  * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3852  * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3853  * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3854  */
3855     static int
3856 ins_compl_prep(int c)
3857 {
3858     char_u	*ptr;
3859     int		want_cindent;
3860     int		retval = FALSE;
3861 
3862     /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3863      * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3864      */
3865     if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3866 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3867 
3868     /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
3869     if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP
3870 	    || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT)
3871 	return retval;
3872 
3873     /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3874     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3875 			   || (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL && !compl_started))
3876     {
3877 	compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL);
3878 	compl_used_match = TRUE;
3879 
3880     }
3881 
3882     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3883     {
3884 	/*
3885 	 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3886 	 * it will be yet.  Now we decide.
3887 	 */
3888 	switch (c)
3889 	{
3890 	    case Ctrl_E:
3891 	    case Ctrl_Y:
3892 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3893 		if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3894 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3895 		else
3896 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3897 		edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3898 		showmode();
3899 		break;
3900 	    case Ctrl_L:
3901 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3902 		break;
3903 	    case Ctrl_F:
3904 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3905 		break;
3906 	    case Ctrl_K:
3907 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3908 		break;
3909 	    case Ctrl_R:
3910 		/* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3911 		break;
3912 	    case Ctrl_T:
3913 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3914 		break;
3915 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3916 	    case Ctrl_U:
3917 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3918 		break;
3919 	    case Ctrl_O:
3920 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3921 		break;
3922 #endif
3923 	    case 's':
3924 	    case Ctrl_S:
3925 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3926 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3927 		++emsg_off;	/* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3928 		spell_back_to_badword();
3929 		--emsg_off;
3930 #endif
3931 		break;
3932 	    case Ctrl_RSB:
3933 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3934 		break;
3935 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3936 	    case Ctrl_I:
3937 	    case K_S_TAB:
3938 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3939 		break;
3940 	    case Ctrl_D:
3941 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3942 		break;
3943 #endif
3944 	    case Ctrl_V:
3945 	    case Ctrl_Q:
3946 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3947 		break;
3948 	    case Ctrl_P:
3949 	    case Ctrl_N:
3950 		/* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3951 		 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3952 		 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3953 		 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3954 		 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3955 		 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3956 		 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode  -- Acevedo */
3957 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3958 		    compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3959 		else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3960 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3961 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
3962 	    default:
3963 		/* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3964 		 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3965 		 * mode).
3966 		 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3967 		 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3968 		 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3969 		 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3970 		 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3971 		 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3972 		 * mode  -- Acevedo */
3973 		if (c == Ctrl_X)
3974 		{
3975 		    if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3976 			compl_cont_status = 0;
3977 		    else
3978 			compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3979 		}
3980 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL;
3981 		edit_submode = NULL;
3982 		showmode();
3983 		break;
3984 	}
3985     }
3986     else if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL)
3987     {
3988 	/* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3989 	if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3990 	{
3991 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3992 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL;
3993 	    else
3994 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3995 	    edit_submode = NULL;
3996 	}
3997 	showmode();
3998     }
3999 
4000     if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
4001     {
4002 	/* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
4003 	 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
4004 	 * showing what mode we are in. */
4005 	showmode();
4006 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P
4007 				       && c != Ctrl_R && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
4008 		|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
4009 	{
4010 	    /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
4011 	     * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode.  Free up
4012 	     * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
4013 	    if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
4014 	    {
4015 		/*
4016 		 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
4017 		 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
4018 		 * buffer.  We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
4019 		 * of the original text that has changed.
4020 		 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
4021 		 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
4022 		 */
4023 		if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
4024 		    ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
4025 		else
4026 		    ptr = NULL;
4027 		ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr);
4028 	    }
4029 
4030 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4031 	    want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
4032 #endif
4033 	    /*
4034 	     * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
4035 	     * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
4036 	     */
4037 	    if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
4038 	    {
4039 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4040 		/* re-indent the current line */
4041 		if (want_cindent)
4042 		{
4043 		    do_c_expr_indent();
4044 		    want_cindent = FALSE;	/* don't do it again */
4045 		}
4046 #endif
4047 	    }
4048 	    else
4049 	    {
4050 		int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4051 
4052 		/* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
4053 		if (prev_col > 0)
4054 		    dec_cursor();
4055 		/* only format when something was inserted */
4056 		if (!arrow_used && !ins_need_undo && c != Ctrl_E)
4057 		    insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
4058 		if (prev_col > 0
4059 			     && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
4060 		    inc_cursor();
4061 	    }
4062 
4063 	    /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
4064 	     * the selection without inserting anything.  When
4065 	     * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
4066 	    if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
4067 				   && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
4068 		    && pum_visible())
4069 		retval = TRUE;
4070 
4071 	    /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text.
4072 	     * but only do this, if the Popup is still visible */
4073 	    if (c == Ctrl_E)
4074 	    {
4075 		ins_compl_delete();
4076 		if (compl_leader != NULL)
4077 		    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
4078 		else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
4079 		    ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
4080 		retval = TRUE;
4081 	    }
4082 
4083 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
4084 
4085 	    ins_compl_free();
4086 	    compl_started = FALSE;
4087 	    compl_matches = 0;
4088 	    if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU))
4089 		msg_clr_cmdline();	/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
4090 	    ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL;
4091 	    compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
4092 	    if (edit_submode != NULL)
4093 	    {
4094 		edit_submode = NULL;
4095 		showmode();
4096 	    }
4097 
4098 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
4099 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
4100 		/* Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the
4101 		 * command line window. */
4102 		update_screen(0);
4103 #endif
4104 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
4105 	    /*
4106 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
4107 	     */
4108 	    if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
4109 		do_c_expr_indent();
4110 #endif
4111 	    /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act
4112 	     * upon the completion. */
4113 	    ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE);
4114 	}
4115     }
4116     else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG)
4117 	/* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act
4118 	 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */
4119 	ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE);
4120 
4121     /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
4122      * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
4123     if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
4124     {
4125 	compl_cont_status = 0;
4126 	compl_cont_mode = 0;
4127     }
4128 
4129     return retval;
4130 }
4131 
4132 /*
4133  * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed
4134  * text.  This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text.
4135  * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL.
4136  */
4137     static void
4138 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg)
4139 {
4140     int	    len;
4141     char_u  *p;
4142     char_u  *ptr = ptr_arg;
4143 
4144     if (ptr == NULL)
4145     {
4146 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
4147 	    ptr = compl_leader;
4148 	else
4149 	    return;  /* nothing to do */
4150     }
4151     if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
4152     {
4153 	p = compl_orig_text;
4154 	for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len)
4155 	    ;
4156 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4157 	if (len > 0)
4158 	    len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len);
4159 #endif
4160 	for (p += len; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p))
4161 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
4162     }
4163     else
4164 	len = 0;
4165     if (ptr != NULL)
4166 	AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1);
4167 }
4168 
4169 /*
4170  * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
4171  * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
4172  * buffer (other than curbuf).	curbuf is special, if it is called with
4173  * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
4174  *
4175  * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
4176  */
4177     static buf_T *
4178 ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag)
4179 {
4180     static win_T *wp;
4181 
4182     if (flag == 'w')		/* just windows */
4183     {
4184 	if (buf == curbuf)	/* first call for this flag/expansion */
4185 	    wp = curwin;
4186 	while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
4187 		&& wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
4188 	    ;
4189 	buf = wp->w_buffer;
4190     }
4191     else
4192 	/* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
4193 	 * (unlisted buffers)
4194 	 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
4195 	while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
4196 		&& ((flag == 'U'
4197 			? buf->b_p_bl
4198 			: (!buf->b_p_bl
4199 			    || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
4200 		    || buf->b_scanned))
4201 	    ;
4202     return buf;
4203 }
4204 
4205 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4206 /*
4207  * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
4208  * get matches in "matches".
4209  */
4210     static void
4211 expand_by_function(
4212     int		type,	    /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
4213     char_u	*base)
4214 {
4215     list_T      *matchlist = NULL;
4216     dict_T	*matchdict = NULL;
4217     typval_T	args[3];
4218     char_u	*funcname;
4219     pos_T	pos;
4220     win_T	*curwin_save;
4221     buf_T	*curbuf_save;
4222     typval_T	rettv;
4223 
4224     funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4225     if (*funcname == NUL)
4226 	return;
4227 
4228     /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
4229     args[0].v_type = VAR_NUMBER;
4230     args[0].vval.v_number = 0;
4231     args[1].v_type = VAR_STRING;
4232     args[1].vval.v_string = base != NULL ? base : (char_u *)"";
4233     args[2].v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;
4234 
4235     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4236     curwin_save = curwin;
4237     curbuf_save = curbuf;
4238 
4239     /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */
4240     if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, &rettv) == OK)
4241     {
4242 	switch (rettv.v_type)
4243 	{
4244 	    case VAR_LIST:
4245 		matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list;
4246 		break;
4247 	    case VAR_DICT:
4248 		matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict;
4249 		break;
4250 	    default:
4251 		/* TODO: Give error message? */
4252 		clear_tv(&rettv);
4253 		break;
4254 	}
4255     }
4256 
4257     if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf)
4258     {
4259 	EMSG(_(e_complwin));
4260 	goto theend;
4261     }
4262     curwin->w_cursor = pos;	/* restore the cursor position */
4263     validate_cursor();
4264     if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, pos))
4265     {
4266 	EMSG(_(e_compldel));
4267 	goto theend;
4268     }
4269 
4270     if (matchlist != NULL)
4271 	ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
4272     else if (matchdict != NULL)
4273 	ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict);
4274 
4275 theend:
4276     if (matchdict != NULL)
4277 	dict_unref(matchdict);
4278     if (matchlist != NULL)
4279 	list_unref(matchlist);
4280 }
4281 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
4282 
4283 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4284 /*
4285  * Add completions from a list.
4286  */
4287     static void
4288 ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list)
4289 {
4290     listitem_T	*li;
4291     int		dir = compl_direction;
4292 
4293     /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
4294     for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
4295     {
4296 	if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
4297 	    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
4298 	    dir = FORWARD;
4299 	else if (did_emsg)
4300 	    break;
4301     }
4302 }
4303 
4304 /*
4305  * Add completions from a dict.
4306  */
4307     static void
4308 ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict)
4309 {
4310     dictitem_T	*di_refresh;
4311     dictitem_T	*di_words;
4312 
4313     /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */
4314     compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
4315     di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7);
4316     if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING)
4317     {
4318 	char_u	*v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string;
4319 
4320 	if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0)
4321 	    compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE;
4322     }
4323 
4324     /* Add completions from a "words" list. */
4325     di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5);
4326     if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST)
4327 	ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list);
4328 }
4329 
4330 /*
4331  * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
4332  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
4333  * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
4334  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
4335  */
4336     int
4337 ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *tv, int dir)
4338 {
4339     char_u	*word;
4340     int		icase = FALSE;
4341     int		adup = FALSE;
4342     int		aempty = FALSE;
4343     char_u	*(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
4344 
4345     if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
4346     {
4347 	word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
4348 	cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4349 						     (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
4350 	cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4351 						     (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
4352 	cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4353 						     (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
4354 	cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4355 						     (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
4356 	cptext[CPT_USER_DATA] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4357 						 (char_u *)"user_data", FALSE);
4358 	if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
4359 	    icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
4360 	if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
4361 	    adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
4362 	if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL)
4363 	    aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty");
4364     }
4365     else
4366     {
4367 	word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
4368 	vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
4369     }
4370     if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL))
4371 	return FAIL;
4372     return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
4373 }
4374 #endif
4375 
4376 /*
4377  * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
4378  * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
4379  * compl_direction.
4380  * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
4381  * where we stopped searching before.
4382  * This may return before finding all the matches.
4383  * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
4384  */
4385     static int
4386 ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini)
4387 {
4388     static pos_T	first_match_pos;
4389     static pos_T	last_match_pos;
4390     static char_u	*e_cpt = (char_u *)"";	/* curr. entry in 'complete' */
4391     static int		found_all = FALSE;	/* Found all matches of a
4392 						   certain type. */
4393     static buf_T	*ins_buf = NULL;	/* buffer being scanned */
4394 
4395     pos_T	*pos;
4396     char_u	**matches;
4397     int		save_p_scs;
4398     int		save_p_ws;
4399     int		save_p_ic;
4400     int		i;
4401     int		num_matches;
4402     int		len;
4403     int		found_new_match;
4404     int		type = ctrl_x_mode;
4405     char_u	*ptr;
4406     char_u	*dict = NULL;
4407     int		dict_f = 0;
4408     int		set_match_pos;
4409 
4410     if (!compl_started)
4411     {
4412 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(ins_buf)
4413 	    ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
4414 	found_all = FALSE;
4415 	ins_buf = curbuf;
4416 	e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
4417 					    ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
4418 	last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
4419     }
4420     else if (ins_buf != curbuf && !buf_valid(ins_buf))
4421 	ins_buf = curbuf;  // In case the buffer was wiped out.
4422 
4423     compl_old_match = compl_curr_match;	/* remember the last current match */
4424     pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
4425 
4426     /*
4427      * For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete'.
4428      */
4429     for (;;)
4430     {
4431 	found_new_match = FAIL;
4432 	set_match_pos = FALSE;
4433 
4434 	/* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
4435 	 * or if found_all says this entry is done.  For ^X^L only use the
4436 	 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
4437 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL
4438 		    || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4439 					&& (!compl_started || found_all))
4440 	{
4441 	    found_all = FALSE;
4442 	    while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
4443 		e_cpt++;
4444 	    if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
4445 	    {
4446 		ins_buf = curbuf;
4447 		first_match_pos = *ini;
4448 		/* Move the cursor back one character so that ^N can match the
4449 		 * word immediately after the cursor. */
4450 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL && dec(&first_match_pos) < 0)
4451 		{
4452 		    /* Move the cursor to after the last character in the
4453 		     * buffer, so that word at start of buffer is found
4454 		     * correctly. */
4455 		    first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4456 		    first_match_pos.col =
4457 				 (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(first_match_pos.lnum));
4458 		}
4459 		last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
4460 		type = 0;
4461 
4462 		/* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we
4463 		 * wrap and come back there a second time. */
4464 		set_match_pos = TRUE;
4465 	    }
4466 	    else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
4467 		 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
4468 	    {
4469 		/* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
4470 		if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)   /* loaded buffer */
4471 		{
4472 		    compl_started = TRUE;
4473 		    first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
4474 		    first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
4475 		    last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
4476 		    type = 0;
4477 		}
4478 		else	/* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
4479 		{
4480 		    found_all = TRUE;
4481 		    if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
4482 			continue;
4483 		    type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
4484 		    dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
4485 		    dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
4486 		}
4487 		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
4488 			ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
4489 			    ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
4490 			    : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
4491 				? ins_buf->b_fname
4492 				: ins_buf->b_sfname);
4493 		(void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R));
4494 	    }
4495 	    else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
4496 		break;
4497 	    else
4498 	    {
4499 		if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4500 		    type = -1;
4501 		else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
4502 		{
4503 		    if (*e_cpt == 'k')
4504 			type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
4505 		    else
4506 			type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
4507 		    if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
4508 		    {
4509 			dict = e_cpt;
4510 			dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
4511 		    }
4512 		}
4513 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
4514 		else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
4515 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
4516 		else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
4517 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
4518 #endif
4519 		else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
4520 		{
4521 		    type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
4522 		    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags."));
4523 		    (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, HL_ATTR(HLF_R));
4524 		}
4525 		else
4526 		    type = -1;
4527 
4528 		/* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
4529 		(void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
4530 
4531 		found_all = TRUE;
4532 		if (type == -1)
4533 		    continue;
4534 	    }
4535 	}
4536 
4537 	/* If complete() was called then compl_pattern has been reset.  The
4538 	 * following won't work then, bail out. */
4539 	if (compl_pattern == NULL)
4540 	    break;
4541 
4542 	switch (type)
4543 	{
4544 	case -1:
4545 	    break;
4546 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
4547 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
4548 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
4549 	    find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
4550 				 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
4551 				 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
4552 				  && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4553 				 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
4554 				 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
4555 	    break;
4556 #endif
4557 
4558 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
4559 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
4560 	    ins_compl_dictionaries(
4561 		    dict != NULL ? dict
4562 			 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
4563 			     ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
4564 				 ? p_tsr
4565 				 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
4566 			     : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
4567 				 ? p_dict
4568 				 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
4569 			    compl_pattern,
4570 				 dict != NULL ? dict_f
4571 					       : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
4572 	    dict = NULL;
4573 	    break;
4574 
4575 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
4576 	    /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
4577 	    save_p_ic = p_ic;
4578 	    p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
4579 
4580 	    /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches.  Avoids that an enormous number
4581 	     * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
4582 	    if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4583 		    TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | TAG_INS_COMP
4584 		    | (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
4585 		    TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
4586 	    {
4587 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4588 	    }
4589 	    p_ic = save_p_ic;
4590 	    break;
4591 
4592 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
4593 	    if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4594 				  EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
4595 	    {
4596 
4597 		/* May change home directory back to "~". */
4598 		tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
4599 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic);
4600 	    }
4601 	    break;
4602 
4603 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
4604 	    if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4605 			(int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
4606 					 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
4607 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
4608 	    break;
4609 
4610 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4611 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
4612 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
4613 	    expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
4614 	    break;
4615 #endif
4616 
4617 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
4618 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4619 	    num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
4620 						     compl_pattern, &matches);
4621 	    if (num_matches > 0)
4622 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4623 #endif
4624 	    break;
4625 
4626 	default:	/* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
4627 	    /*
4628 	     * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
4629 	     */
4630 	    save_p_scs = p_scs;
4631 	    if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
4632 		p_scs = FALSE;
4633 
4634 	    /*	Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4635 	     *	end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4636 	     *	buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4637 	     *	wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4638 	    save_p_ws = p_ws;
4639 	    if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4640 		p_ws = FALSE;
4641 	    else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4642 		p_ws = TRUE;
4643 	    for (;;)
4644 	    {
4645 		int	flags = 0;
4646 
4647 		++msg_silent;  /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4648 
4649 		/* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
4650 		 * || word-wise search that
4651 		 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4652 		if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
4653 			|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4654 		    found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4655 					      compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4656 		else
4657 		    found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4658 							      compl_direction,
4659 				 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4660 					     RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
4661 		--msg_silent;
4662 		if (!compl_started || set_match_pos)
4663 		{
4664 		    /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4665 		    compl_started = TRUE;
4666 		    first_match_pos = *pos;
4667 		    last_match_pos = *pos;
4668 		    set_match_pos = FALSE;
4669 		}
4670 		else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4671 				 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4672 		    found_new_match = FAIL;
4673 		if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4674 		{
4675 		    if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4676 			found_all = TRUE;
4677 		    break;
4678 		}
4679 
4680 		/* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4681 		if (	(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4682 			&& ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4683 			&& ini->col  == pos->col)
4684 		    continue;
4685 		ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4686 		if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4687 		{
4688 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4689 		    {
4690 			if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4691 			    continue;
4692 			ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4693 			if (!p_paste)
4694 			    ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4695 		    }
4696 		    len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4697 		}
4698 		else
4699 		{
4700 		    char_u	*tmp_ptr = ptr;
4701 
4702 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4703 		    {
4704 			tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4705 			/* Skip if already inside a word. */
4706 			if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4707 			    continue;
4708 			/* Find start of next word. */
4709 			tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4710 		    }
4711 		    /* Find end of this word. */
4712 		    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4713 		    len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4714 
4715 		    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4716 						       && len == compl_length)
4717 		    {
4718 			if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4719 			{
4720 			    /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4721 			     * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4722 			     * IOSIZE is always greater than
4723 			     * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4724 			     * works -- Acevedo */
4725 			    STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4726 			    ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4727 			    tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4728 			    /* Find start of next word. */
4729 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4730 			    /* Find end of next word. */
4731 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4732 			    if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4733 			    {
4734 				if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4735 				{
4736 				    if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4737 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4738 				    /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4739 				    if (p_js
4740 					&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4741 					    || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4742 								       == NULL
4743 						&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4744 						 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4745 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4746 				}
4747 				/* copy as much as possible of the new word */
4748 				if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4749 				    tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4750 				STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4751 				len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4752 				flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4753 			    }
4754 			    IObuff[len] = NUL;
4755 			    ptr = IObuff;
4756 			}
4757 			if (len == compl_length)
4758 			    continue;
4759 		    }
4760 		}
4761 		if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4762 				 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4763 					   0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4764 		{
4765 		    found_new_match = OK;
4766 		    break;
4767 		}
4768 	    }
4769 	    p_scs = save_p_scs;
4770 	    p_ws = save_p_ws;
4771 	}
4772 
4773 	/* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4774 	 * expansion added something) */
4775 	if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != compl_old_match)
4776 	    found_new_match = OK;
4777 
4778 	/* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4779 	 * generic ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL) or when we've found a new
4780 	 * match */
4781 	if ((ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL
4782 		    && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4783 						   || found_new_match != FAIL)
4784 	{
4785 	    if (got_int)
4786 		break;
4787 	    /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4788 	    if (type != -1)
4789 		ins_compl_check_keys(0, FALSE);
4790 
4791 	    if ((ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL
4792 			&& !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4793 							 || compl_interrupted)
4794 		break;
4795 	    compl_started = TRUE;
4796 	}
4797 	else
4798 	{
4799 	    /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4800 	    if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4801 		ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4802 
4803 	    compl_started = FALSE;
4804 	}
4805     }
4806     compl_started = TRUE;
4807 
4808     if ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4809 	    && *e_cpt == NUL)		/* Got to end of 'complete' */
4810 	found_new_match = FAIL;
4811 
4812     i = -1;		/* total of matches, unknown */
4813     if (found_new_match == FAIL || (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL
4814 				    && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)))
4815 	i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4816 
4817     if (compl_old_match != NULL)
4818     {
4819 	/* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4820 	 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the
4821 	 * next or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4822 	compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? compl_old_match->cp_next
4823 						    : compl_old_match->cp_prev;
4824 	if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4825 	    compl_curr_match = compl_old_match;
4826     }
4827     return i;
4828 }
4829 
4830 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4831     static void
4832 ins_compl_delete(void)
4833 {
4834     int	    col;
4835 
4836     /*
4837      * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4838      * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4839      */
4840     col = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4841     if ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
4842     {
4843 	if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
4844 	    return;
4845 	backspace_until_column(col);
4846     }
4847 
4848     /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing?  Redrawing everything causes
4849      * flicker, thus we can't do that. */
4850     changed_cline_bef_curs();
4851     /* clear v:completed_item */
4852     set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED));
4853 }
4854 
4855 /*
4856  * Insert the new text being completed.
4857  * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check().
4858  */
4859     static void
4860 ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func)
4861 {
4862     dict_T	*dict;
4863 
4864     ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
4865     if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4866 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
4867     else
4868 	compl_used_match = TRUE;
4869 
4870     /* Set completed item. */
4871     /* { word, abbr, menu, kind, info } */
4872     dict = dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED);
4873     if (dict != NULL)
4874     {
4875 	dict_add_string(dict, "word", compl_shown_match->cp_str);
4876 	dict_add_string(dict, "abbr", compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]);
4877 	dict_add_string(dict, "menu", compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU]);
4878 	dict_add_string(dict, "kind", compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND]);
4879 	dict_add_string(dict, "info", compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO]);
4880 	dict_add_string(dict, "user_data",
4881 				 compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_USER_DATA]);
4882     }
4883     set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict);
4884     if (!in_compl_func)
4885 	compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
4886 }
4887 
4888 /*
4889  * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4890  * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4891  * get more completions.  If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4892  * are no more completions in a given direction.  The latter case is used when
4893  * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4894  * through the ones found so far.
4895  * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4896  *
4897  * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4898  * compl_shown_match here.
4899  *
4900  * Note that this function may be called recursively once only.  First with
4901  * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4902  * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4903  */
4904     static int
4905 ins_compl_next(
4906     int	    allow_get_expansion,
4907     int	    count,		/* repeat completion this many times; should
4908 				   be at least 1 */
4909     int	    insert_match,	/* Insert the newly selected match */
4910     int	    in_compl_func)	/* called from complete_check() */
4911 {
4912     int	    num_matches = -1;
4913     int	    todo = count;
4914     compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4915     int	    found_end = FALSE;
4916     int	    advance;
4917     int	    started = compl_started;
4918 
4919     /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next
4920      * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */
4921     if (compl_shown_match == NULL)
4922 	return -1;
4923 
4924     if (compl_leader != NULL
4925 			&& (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4926     {
4927 	/* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4928 	 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4929 	while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4930 				      compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4931 		&& compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4932 		&& compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4933 	    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4934 
4935 	/* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4936 	 * backward, find the last match. */
4937 	if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4938 		&& !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4939 				      compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4940 		&& (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4941 		    || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4942 	{
4943 	    while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4944 				      compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4945 		    && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4946 		    && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4947 		compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4948 	}
4949     }
4950 
4951     if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4952 	    && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4953 	/* Delete old text to be replaced */
4954 	ins_compl_delete();
4955 
4956     /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4957      * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4958     advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4959 
4960     /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4961     if (compl_restarting)
4962     {
4963 	advance = FALSE;
4964 	compl_restarting = FALSE;
4965     }
4966 
4967     /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed.  But don't wrap
4968      * around. */
4969     while (--todo >= 0)
4970     {
4971 	if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4972 	{
4973 	    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4974 	    found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4975 			   && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4976 			       || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4977 	}
4978 	else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4979 					&& compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4980 	{
4981 	    found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4982 	    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4983 	    found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4984 	}
4985 	else
4986 	{
4987 	    if (!allow_get_expansion)
4988 	    {
4989 		if (advance)
4990 		{
4991 		    if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4992 			compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4993 		    else
4994 			compl_pending += todo + 1;
4995 		}
4996 		return -1;
4997 	    }
4998 
4999 	    if (!compl_no_select && advance)
5000 	    {
5001 		if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
5002 		    --compl_pending;
5003 		else
5004 		    ++compl_pending;
5005 	    }
5006 
5007 	    /* Find matches. */
5008 	    num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
5009 
5010 	    /* handle any pending completions */
5011 	    while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
5012 								   && advance)
5013 	    {
5014 		if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
5015 		{
5016 		    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
5017 		    --compl_pending;
5018 		}
5019 		if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
5020 		{
5021 		    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
5022 		    ++compl_pending;
5023 		}
5024 		else
5025 		    break;
5026 	    }
5027 	    found_end = FALSE;
5028 	}
5029 	if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
5030 		&& compl_leader != NULL
5031 		&& !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
5032 				     compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
5033 	    ++todo;
5034 	else
5035 	    /* Remember a matching item. */
5036 	    found_compl = compl_shown_match;
5037 
5038 	/* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
5039 	if (found_end)
5040 	{
5041 	    if (found_compl != NULL)
5042 	    {
5043 		compl_shown_match = found_compl;
5044 		break;
5045 	    }
5046 	    todo = 1;	    /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
5047 	}
5048     }
5049 
5050     /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
5051     if (compl_no_insert && !started)
5052     {
5053 	ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
5054 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
5055     }
5056     else if (insert_match)
5057     {
5058 	if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
5059 	    ins_compl_insert(in_compl_func);
5060 	else
5061 	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
5062     }
5063     else
5064 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
5065 
5066     if (!allow_get_expansion)
5067     {
5068 	/* may undisplay the popup menu first */
5069 	ins_compl_upd_pum();
5070 
5071 	/* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
5072 	update_screen(0);
5073 
5074 	/* display the updated popup menu */
5075 	ins_compl_show_pum();
5076 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5077 	if (gui.in_use)
5078 	{
5079 	    /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
5080 	    setcursor();
5081 	    out_flush_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
5082 	}
5083 #endif
5084 
5085 	/* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
5086 	 * don't want to match ourselves!  */
5087 	ins_compl_delete();
5088     }
5089 
5090     /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
5091      * menu is visible. */
5092     if (compl_no_insert && !started)
5093 	compl_enter_selects = TRUE;
5094     else
5095 	compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
5096 
5097     /*
5098      * Show the file name for the match (if any)
5099      * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
5100      */
5101     if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
5102     {
5103 	char	*lead = _("match in file");
5104 	int	space = sc_col - vim_strsize((char_u *)lead) - 2;
5105 	char_u	*s;
5106 	char_u	*e;
5107 
5108 	if (space > 0)
5109 	{
5110 	    /* We need the tail that fits.  With double-byte encoding going
5111 	     * back from the end is very slow, thus go from the start and keep
5112 	     * the text that fits in "space" between "s" and "e". */
5113 	    for (s = e = compl_shown_match->cp_fname; *e != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(e))
5114 	    {
5115 		space -= ptr2cells(e);
5116 		while (space < 0)
5117 		{
5118 		    space += ptr2cells(s);
5119 		    MB_PTR_ADV(s);
5120 		}
5121 	    }
5122 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s %s%s", lead,
5123 				s > compl_shown_match->cp_fname ? "<" : "", s);
5124 	    msg(IObuff);
5125 	    redraw_cmdline = FALSE;	    /* don't overwrite! */
5126 	}
5127     }
5128 
5129     return num_matches;
5130 }
5131 
5132 /*
5133  * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
5134  * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
5135  * mode.  Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
5136  * possible. -- webb
5137  * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
5138  * "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(), don't set
5139  * compl_curr_match.
5140  */
5141     void
5142 ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency, int in_compl_func)
5143 {
5144     static int	count = 0;
5145     int		c;
5146 
5147     /* Don't check when reading keys from a script, :normal or feedkeys().
5148      * That would break the test scripts.  But do check for keys when called
5149      * from complete_check(). */
5150     if (!in_compl_func && (using_script() || ex_normal_busy))
5151 	return;
5152 
5153     /* Only do this at regular intervals */
5154     if (++count < frequency)
5155 	return;
5156     count = 0;
5157 
5158     /* Check for a typed key.  Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
5159      * can't do its work correctly. */
5160     c = vpeekc_any();
5161     if (c != NUL)
5162     {
5163 	if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
5164 	{
5165 	    c = safe_vgetc();	/* Eat the character */
5166 	    compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
5167 	    (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
5168 				      c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN, in_compl_func);
5169 	}
5170 	else
5171 	{
5172 	    /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set.  We'll put it
5173 	     * back with vungetc() below.  But skip K_IGNORE. */
5174 	    c = safe_vgetc();
5175 	    if (c != K_IGNORE)
5176 	    {
5177 		/* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
5178 		 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
5179 		if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
5180 		    compl_interrupted = TRUE;
5181 
5182 		vungetc(c);
5183 	    }
5184 	}
5185     }
5186     if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert)
5187     {
5188 	int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
5189 
5190 	compl_pending = 0;
5191 	(void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE, in_compl_func);
5192     }
5193 }
5194 
5195 /*
5196  * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
5197  * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
5198  */
5199     static int
5200 ins_compl_key2dir(int c)
5201 {
5202     if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
5203 	    || c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)
5204 	return BACKWARD;
5205     return FORWARD;
5206 }
5207 
5208 /*
5209  * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
5210  * is visible.
5211  */
5212     static int
5213 ins_compl_pum_key(int c)
5214 {
5215     return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
5216 		     || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
5217 		     || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
5218 }
5219 
5220 /*
5221  * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
5222  * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
5223  */
5224     static int
5225 ins_compl_key2count(int c)
5226 {
5227     int		h;
5228 
5229     if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
5230     {
5231 	h = pum_get_height();
5232 	if (h > 3)
5233 	    h -= 2; /* keep some context */
5234 	return h;
5235     }
5236     return 1;
5237 }
5238 
5239 /*
5240  * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
5241  * to change the currently selected completion.
5242  */
5243     static int
5244 ins_compl_use_match(int c)
5245 {
5246     switch (c)
5247     {
5248 	case K_UP:
5249 	case K_DOWN:
5250 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
5251 	case K_KPAGEDOWN:
5252 	case K_S_DOWN:
5253 	case K_PAGEUP:
5254 	case K_KPAGEUP:
5255 	case K_S_UP:
5256 	    return FALSE;
5257     }
5258     return TRUE;
5259 }
5260 
5261 /*
5262  * Do Insert mode completion.
5263  * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
5264  * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
5265  */
5266     static int
5267 ins_complete(int c, int enable_pum)
5268 {
5269     char_u	*line;
5270     int		startcol = 0;	    /* column where searched text starts */
5271     colnr_T	curs_col;	    /* cursor column */
5272     int		n;
5273     int		save_w_wrow;
5274     int		save_w_leftcol;
5275     int		insert_match;
5276     int		save_did_ai = did_ai;
5277 
5278     compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
5279     insert_match = ins_compl_use_match(c);
5280 
5281     if (!compl_started)
5282     {
5283 	/* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
5284 
5285 	did_ai = FALSE;
5286 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5287 	did_si = FALSE;
5288 	can_si = FALSE;
5289 	can_si_back = FALSE;
5290 #endif
5291 	if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5292 	    return FAIL;
5293 
5294 	line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5295 	curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5296 	compl_pending = 0;
5297 
5298 	/* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
5299 	 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
5300 	 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
5301 	 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
5302 	 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw').  if SOL
5303 	 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
5304 	 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that  -- Acevedo. */
5305 	if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
5306 					    && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
5307 	{
5308 	    /*
5309 	     * it is a continued search
5310 	     */
5311 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT;	/* remove INTRPT */
5312 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL
5313 		    || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5314 		    || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
5315 	    {
5316 		if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5317 		{
5318 		    /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
5319 		     * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
5320 		     * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
5321 		     * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
5322 		    compl_col = (colnr_T)getwhitecols(line);
5323 		    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5324 		    compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5325 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;   /* clear SOL if present */
5326 		}
5327 		else
5328 		{
5329 		    /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
5330 		     * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
5331 		     * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
5332 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5333 		    {
5334 			compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
5335 			compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
5336 						line + compl_length
5337 						+ compl_startpos.col) - line);
5338 		    }
5339 		    compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
5340 		}
5341 		compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
5342 		/* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
5343 		 * have enough space?  just being paranoid */
5344 #define	MIN_SPACE 75
5345 		if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
5346 		{
5347 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
5348 		    compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
5349 		    compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
5350 		}
5351 		compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
5352 		if (compl_length < 1)
5353 		    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
5354 	    }
5355 	    else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
5356 		compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
5357 	    else
5358 		compl_cont_status = 0;
5359 	}
5360 	else
5361 	    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
5362 
5363 	if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))	/* normal expansion */
5364 	{
5365 	    compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
5366 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL)
5367 		/* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL */
5368 		compl_cont_status = 0;
5369 	    compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
5370 	    compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5371 	    startcol = (int)curs_col;
5372 	    compl_col = 0;
5373 	}
5374 
5375 	/* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
5376 	if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NORMAL || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
5377 	{
5378 	    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
5379 		    || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
5380 	    {
5381 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
5382 		{
5383 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
5384 			;
5385 		    compl_col += ++startcol;
5386 		    compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
5387 		}
5388 		if (p_ic)
5389 		    compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
5390 						       compl_length, NULL, 0);
5391 		else
5392 		    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
5393 								compl_length);
5394 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5395 		    return FAIL;
5396 	    }
5397 	    else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5398 	    {
5399 		char_u	    *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
5400 
5401 		/* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */
5402 		compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
5403 							   compl_length) + 2);
5404 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5405 		    return FAIL;
5406 		if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
5407 			|| (compl_col > 0
5408 			    && (
5409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5410 				vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
5411 #else
5412 				vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
5413 #endif
5414 				)))
5415 		    prefix = (char_u *)"";
5416 		STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
5417 		(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
5418 					      line + compl_col, compl_length);
5419 	    }
5420 	    else if (--startcol < 0 ||
5421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5422 			   !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
5423 #else
5424 			   !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
5425 #endif
5426 		    )
5427 	    {
5428 		/* Match any word of at least two chars */
5429 		compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
5430 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5431 		    return FAIL;
5432 		compl_col += curs_col;
5433 		compl_length = 0;
5434 	    }
5435 	    else
5436 	    {
5437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5438 		/* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
5439 		 * or not a word single byte character backward.  */
5440 		if (has_mbyte)
5441 		{
5442 		    int base_class;
5443 		    int head_off;
5444 
5445 		    startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
5446 		    base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
5447 		    while (--startcol >= 0)
5448 		    {
5449 			head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
5450 			if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
5451 								  - head_off))
5452 			    break;
5453 			startcol -= head_off;
5454 		    }
5455 		}
5456 		else
5457 #endif
5458 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
5459 			;
5460 		compl_col += ++startcol;
5461 		compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
5462 		if (compl_length == 1)
5463 		{
5464 		    /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
5465 		     * there's no need to call quote_meta,
5466 		     * alloc(7) is enough  -- Acevedo
5467 		     */
5468 		    compl_pattern = alloc(7);
5469 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5470 			return FAIL;
5471 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
5472 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
5473 		    STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
5474 		}
5475 		else
5476 		{
5477 		    compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
5478 							   compl_length) + 2);
5479 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5480 			return FAIL;
5481 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
5482 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
5483 								compl_length);
5484 		}
5485 	    }
5486 	}
5487 	else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
5488 	{
5489 	    compl_col = (colnr_T)getwhitecols(line);
5490 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
5491 	    if (compl_length < 0)	/* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
5492 		compl_length = 0;
5493 	    if (p_ic)
5494 		compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
5495 								     NULL, 0);
5496 	    else
5497 		compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5498 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5499 		return FAIL;
5500 	}
5501 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
5502 	{
5503 	    /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */
5504 	    if (startcol > 0)
5505 	    {
5506 		char_u	*p = line + startcol;
5507 
5508 		MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
5509 		while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p)))
5510 		    MB_PTR_BACK(line, p);
5511 		if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p)))
5512 		    startcol = 0;
5513 		else
5514 		    startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1;
5515 	    }
5516 
5517 	    compl_col += startcol;
5518 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
5519 	    compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
5520 								EXPAND_FILES);
5521 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5522 		return FAIL;
5523 	}
5524 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
5525 	{
5526 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
5527 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5528 		return FAIL;
5529 	    set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
5530 				  (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col, FALSE);
5531 	    if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
5532 		    || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
5533 		/* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
5534 		 * "pattern not found" message. */
5535 		compl_col = curs_col;
5536 	    else
5537 		compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
5538 	    compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
5539 	}
5540 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
5541 	{
5542 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
5543 	    /*
5544 	     * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
5545 	     * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
5546 	     */
5547 	    typval_T	args[3];
5548 	    int		col;
5549 	    char_u	*funcname;
5550 	    pos_T	pos;
5551 	    win_T	*curwin_save;
5552 	    buf_T	*curbuf_save;
5553 
5554 	    /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
5555 	     * string */
5556 	    funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
5557 					  ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
5558 	    if (*funcname == NUL)
5559 	    {
5560 		EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
5561 					     ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
5562 		/* restore did_ai, so that adding comment leader works */
5563 		did_ai = save_did_ai;
5564 		return FAIL;
5565 	    }
5566 
5567 	    args[0].v_type = VAR_NUMBER;
5568 	    args[0].vval.v_number = 1;
5569 	    args[1].v_type = VAR_STRING;
5570 	    args[1].vval.v_string = (char_u *)"";
5571 	    args[2].v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN;
5572 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5573 	    curwin_save = curwin;
5574 	    curbuf_save = curbuf;
5575 	    col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args);
5576 	    if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf)
5577 	    {
5578 		EMSG(_(e_complwin));
5579 		return FAIL;
5580 	    }
5581 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;	/* restore the cursor position */
5582 	    validate_cursor();
5583 	    if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, pos))
5584 	    {
5585 		EMSG(_(e_compldel));
5586 		return FAIL;
5587 	    }
5588 
5589 	    /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to
5590 	     * cancel the complete without an error.
5591 	     * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/
5592 	    if (col == -2)
5593 		return FAIL;
5594 	    if (col == -3)
5595 	    {
5596 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NORMAL;
5597 		edit_submode = NULL;
5598 		if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU))
5599 		    msg_clr_cmdline();
5600 		return FAIL;
5601 	    }
5602 
5603 	    /*
5604 	     * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new
5605 	     * completion.
5606 	     */
5607 	    compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
5608 
5609 	    if (col < 0)
5610 		col = curs_col;
5611 	    compl_col = col;
5612 	    if (compl_col > curs_col)
5613 		compl_col = curs_col;
5614 
5615 	    /* Setup variables for completion.  Need to obtain "line" again,
5616 	     * it may have become invalid. */
5617 	    line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5618 	    compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
5619 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5620 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5621 #endif
5622 		return FAIL;
5623 	}
5624 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
5625 	{
5626 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
5627 	    if (spell_bad_len > 0)
5628 		compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
5629 	    else
5630 		compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
5631 	    if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
5632 	    {
5633 		compl_length = 0;
5634 		compl_col = curs_col;
5635 	    }
5636 	    else
5637 	    {
5638 		spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
5639 		compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
5640 	    }
5641 	    /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
5642 	    line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5643 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5644 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5645 #endif
5646 		return FAIL;
5647 	}
5648 	else
5649 	{
5650 	    internal_error("ins_complete()");
5651 	    return FAIL;
5652 	}
5653 
5654 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5655 	{
5656 	    edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
5657 	    if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
5658 	    {
5659 		/* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
5660 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5661 		char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
5662 
5663 		curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
5664 #endif
5665 		compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5666 		compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5667 		ins_eol('\r');
5668 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5669 		curbuf->b_p_com = old;
5670 #endif
5671 		compl_length = 0;
5672 		compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5673 	    }
5674 	}
5675 	else
5676 	{
5677 	    edit_submode_pre = NULL;
5678 	    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5679 	}
5680 
5681 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
5682 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
5683 	else
5684 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
5685 
5686 	/* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix
5687 	 * the redo buffer. */
5688 	ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL);
5689 
5690 	/* Always add completion for the original text. */
5691 	vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5692 	compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5693 	if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
5694 			-1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
5695 	{
5696 	    VIM_CLEAR(compl_pattern);
5697 	    VIM_CLEAR(compl_orig_text);
5698 	    return FAIL;
5699 	}
5700 
5701 	/* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
5702 	 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
5703 	 * longer needed.  -- Acevedo.
5704 	 */
5705 	edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
5706 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5707 	showmode();
5708 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
5709 	out_flush();
5710     }
5711     else if (insert_match && stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5712 	return FAIL;
5713 
5714     compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
5715     compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
5716 
5717     /*
5718      * Find next match (and following matches).
5719      */
5720     save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow;
5721     save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol;
5722     n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), insert_match, FALSE);
5723 
5724     /* may undisplay the popup menu */
5725     ins_compl_upd_pum();
5726 
5727     if (n > 1)		/* all matches have been found */
5728 	compl_matches = n;
5729     compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
5730     compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
5731 
5732     /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
5733      * mode. */
5734     if (got_int && !global_busy)
5735     {
5736 	(void)vgetc();
5737 	got_int = FALSE;
5738     }
5739 
5740     /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
5741     if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
5742     {
5743 	edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5744 			&& compl_length > 1
5745 			     ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
5746 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
5747 	/* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
5748 	 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
5749 	 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
5750 	 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already.  -- Acevedo */
5751 	if (	   compl_length > 1
5752 		|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5753 		|| (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_NORMAL
5754 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5755 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
5756 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
5757     }
5758 
5759     if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
5760 	compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
5761     else
5762 	compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5763 
5764     if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5765     {
5766 	if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5767 	{
5768 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5769 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5770 	}
5771 	else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5772 	{
5773 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5774 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5775 	}
5776 	else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5777 	{
5778 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5779 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5780 	}
5781 	else
5782 	{
5783 	    /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5784 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5785 	    {
5786 		int		number = 0;
5787 		compl_T		*match;
5788 
5789 		if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5790 		{
5791 		    /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5792 		     * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5793 		     * cycle, so it's fast! */
5794 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5795 			    && match != compl_first_match;
5796 						       match = match->cp_prev)
5797 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
5798 			{
5799 			    number = match->cp_number;
5800 			    break;
5801 			}
5802 		    if (match != NULL)
5803 			/* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5804 			 * yet */
5805 			for (match = match->cp_next;
5806 				match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5807 						       match = match->cp_next)
5808 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
5809 		}
5810 		else /* BACKWARD */
5811 		{
5812 		    /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5813 		     * number.  This should normally succeed already at the
5814 		     * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5815 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5816 			    && match != compl_first_match;
5817 						       match = match->cp_next)
5818 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
5819 			{
5820 			    number = match->cp_number;
5821 			    break;
5822 			}
5823 		    if (match != NULL)
5824 			/* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5825 			 * assigned yet */
5826 			for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5827 				&& match->cp_number == -1;
5828 						       match = match->cp_prev)
5829 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
5830 		}
5831 	    }
5832 
5833 	    /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5834 	     * just a safety check. */
5835 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5836 	    {
5837 		/* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5838 		 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5839 		static char_u match_ref[81];
5840 
5841 		if (compl_matches > 0)
5842 		    vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5843 				_("match %d of %d"),
5844 				compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5845 		else
5846 		    vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5847 				_("match %d"),
5848 				compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5849 		edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5850 		edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5851 		if (dollar_vcol >= 0)
5852 		    curs_columns(FALSE);
5853 	    }
5854 	}
5855     }
5856 
5857     /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5858     showmode();
5859     if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU))
5860     {
5861 	if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5862 	{
5863 	    if (!p_smd)
5864 		msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5865 			edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5866 			? HL_ATTR(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5867 	}
5868 	else
5869 	    msg_clr_cmdline();	/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5870     }
5871 
5872     /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5873     if (enable_pum && !compl_interrupted)
5874 	show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol);
5875 
5876     compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5877     compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5878 
5879     return OK;
5880 }
5881 
5882     static void
5883 show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol)
5884 {
5885     /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5886     int n = RedrawingDisabled;
5887 
5888     RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5889 
5890     /* If the cursor moved or the display scrolled we need to remove the pum
5891      * first. */
5892     setcursor();
5893     if (prev_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow || prev_w_leftcol != curwin->w_leftcol)
5894 	ins_compl_del_pum();
5895 
5896     ins_compl_show_pum();
5897     setcursor();
5898     RedrawingDisabled = n;
5899 }
5900 
5901 /*
5902  * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5903  * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5904  * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5905  * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5906  */
5907     static unsigned
5908 quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len)
5909 {
5910     unsigned	m = (unsigned)len + 1;  /* one extra for the NUL */
5911 
5912     for ( ; --len >= 0; src++)
5913     {
5914 	switch (*src)
5915 	{
5916 	    case '.':
5917 	    case '*':
5918 	    case '[':
5919 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5920 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5921 		    break;
5922 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
5923 	    case '~':
5924 		if (!p_magic)	/* quote these only if magic is set */
5925 		    break;
5926 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
5927 	    case '\\':
5928 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5929 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5930 		    break;
5931 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
5932 	    case '^':		/* currently it's not needed. */
5933 	    case '$':
5934 		m++;
5935 		if (dest != NULL)
5936 		    *dest++ = '\\';
5937 		break;
5938 	}
5939 	if (dest != NULL)
5940 	    *dest++ = *src;
5941 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5942 	/* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5943 	if (has_mbyte)
5944 	{
5945 	    int i, mb_len;
5946 
5947 	    mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5948 	    if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5949 		for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5950 		{
5951 		    --len;
5952 		    ++src;
5953 		    if (dest != NULL)
5954 			*dest++ = *src;
5955 		}
5956 	}
5957 # endif
5958     }
5959     if (dest != NULL)
5960 	*dest = NUL;
5961 
5962     return m;
5963 }
5964 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5965 
5966 /*
5967  * Next character is interpreted literally.
5968  * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5969  * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5970  * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5971  */
5972     int
5973 get_literal(void)
5974 {
5975     int		cc;
5976     int		nc;
5977     int		i;
5978     int		hex = FALSE;
5979     int		octal = FALSE;
5980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5981     int		unicode = 0;
5982 #endif
5983 
5984     if (got_int)
5985 	return Ctrl_C;
5986 
5987 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5988     /*
5989      * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5990      * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead.	This would
5991      * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5992      * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5993      */
5994     if (gui.in_use)
5995 	++allow_keys;
5996 #endif
5997 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5998     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
5999 #endif
6000     ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
6001     cc = 0;
6002     i = 0;
6003     for (;;)
6004     {
6005 	nc = plain_vgetc();
6006 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
6007 	if (!(State & CMDLINE)
6008 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6009 		&& MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
6010 # endif
6011 	   )
6012 	    add_to_showcmd(nc);
6013 #endif
6014 	if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
6015 	    hex = TRUE;
6016 	else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
6017 	    octal = TRUE;
6018 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6019 	else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
6020 	    unicode = nc;
6021 #endif
6022 	else
6023 	{
6024 	    if (hex
6025 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6026 		    || unicode != 0
6027 #endif
6028 		    )
6029 	    {
6030 		if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
6031 		    break;
6032 		cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
6033 	    }
6034 	    else if (octal)
6035 	    {
6036 		if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
6037 		    break;
6038 		cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
6039 	    }
6040 	    else
6041 	    {
6042 		if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
6043 		    break;
6044 		cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
6045 	    }
6046 
6047 	    ++i;
6048 	}
6049 
6050 	if (cc > 255
6051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6052 		&& unicode == 0
6053 #endif
6054 		)
6055 	    cc = 255;		/* limit range to 0-255 */
6056 	nc = 0;
6057 
6058 	if (hex)		/* hex: up to two chars */
6059 	{
6060 	    if (i >= 2)
6061 		break;
6062 	}
6063 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6064 	else if (unicode)	/* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
6065 	{
6066 	    if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
6067 		break;
6068 	}
6069 #endif
6070 	else if (i >= 3)	/* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
6071 	    break;
6072     }
6073     if (i == 0)	    /* no number entered */
6074     {
6075 	if (nc == K_ZERO)   /* NUL is stored as NL */
6076 	{
6077 	    cc = '\n';
6078 	    nc = 0;
6079 	}
6080 	else
6081 	{
6082 	    cc = nc;
6083 	    nc = 0;
6084 	}
6085     }
6086 
6087     if (cc == 0)	/* NUL is stored as NL */
6088 	cc = '\n';
6089 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6090     if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
6091 	cc = '?';	/* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
6092 			   second byte will cause trouble! */
6093 #endif
6094 
6095     --no_mapping;
6096 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6097     if (gui.in_use)
6098 	--allow_keys;
6099 #endif
6100     if (nc)
6101 	vungetc(nc);
6102     got_int = FALSE;	    /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
6103     return cc;
6104 }
6105 
6106 /*
6107  * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
6108  */
6109     static void
6110 insert_special(
6111     int	    c,
6112     int	    allow_modmask,
6113     int	    ctrlv)	    /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
6114 {
6115     char_u  *p;
6116     int	    len;
6117 
6118     /*
6119      * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
6120      * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
6121      * mode.
6122      * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
6123      * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
6124      */
6125 #ifdef MACOS_X
6126     /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
6127     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
6128 	allow_modmask = TRUE;
6129 #endif
6130     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
6131     {
6132 	p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
6133 	len = (int)STRLEN(p);
6134 	c = p[len - 1];
6135 	if (len > 2)
6136 	{
6137 	    if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
6138 		return;
6139 	    p[len - 1] = NUL;
6140 	    ins_str(p);
6141 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
6142 	    ctrlv = FALSE;
6143 	}
6144     }
6145     if (stop_arrow() == OK)
6146 	insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
6147 }
6148 
6149 /*
6150  * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
6151  * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
6152  * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
6153  * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
6154  * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
6155  * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
6156  * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
6157  */
6158 #ifdef EBCDIC
6159 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
6160 #else
6161 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
6162 #endif
6163 
6164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6165 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (VIM_ISWHITE(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
6166 #else
6167 # define WHITECHAR(cc) VIM_ISWHITE(cc)
6168 #endif
6169 
6170 /*
6171  * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting
6172  *	    INSCHAR_CTRLV  - char typed just after CTRL-V
6173  *	    INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr'
6174  *
6175  *   NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which,
6176  *	   beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these:
6177  *	    INSCHAR_DO_COM   - format comments
6178  *	    INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent
6179  */
6180     void
6181 insertchar(
6182     int		c,			/* character to insert or NUL */
6183     int		flags,			/* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
6184     int		second_indent)		/* indent for second line if >= 0 */
6185 {
6186     int		textwidth;
6187 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6188     char_u	*p;
6189 #endif
6190     int		fo_ins_blank;
6191     int		force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT;
6192 
6193     textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format);
6194     fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
6195 
6196     /*
6197      * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
6198      * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
6199      * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
6200      *   ends in white space.
6201      * - Otherwise:
6202      *	 - Don't do this if inserting a blank
6203      *	 - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
6204      *	   we're in VREPLACE mode.
6205      *	 - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
6206      *	 or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
6207      *	       before the insert.
6208      *	    - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
6209      *	      before 'textwidth'
6210      */
6211     if (textwidth > 0
6212 	    && (force_format
6213 		|| (!VIM_ISWHITE(c)
6214 		    && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6215 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6216 			&& *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
6217 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
6218 			|| ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
6219 				|| Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
6220 			    && (!fo_ins_blank
6221 				|| Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
6222 			    ))))))
6223     {
6224 	/* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set.  Use internal formatting
6225 	 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
6226 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
6227 	int     do_internal = TRUE;
6228 	colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
6229 				  + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
6230 
6231 	if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0
6232 		&& (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth))
6233 	{
6234 	    do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
6235 	    /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
6236 	     * was called. */
6237 	    ins_need_undo = TRUE;
6238 	}
6239 	if (do_internal)
6240 #endif
6241 	    internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c);
6242     }
6243 
6244     if (c == NUL)	    /* only formatting was wanted */
6245 	return;
6246 
6247 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6248     /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
6249     if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
6250     {
6251 	char_u  *line;
6252 	char_u	lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN];	    /* end-comment string */
6253 	int	middle_len, end_len;
6254 	int	i;
6255 
6256 	/*
6257 	 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
6258 	 * comment leader.  First, check what comment leader we can find.
6259 	 */
6260 	i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE);
6261 	if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)	/* Just checking */
6262 	{
6263 	    /* Skip middle-comment string */
6264 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of middle flags */
6265 		++p;
6266 	    middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6267 	    /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
6268 	    while (middle_len > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
6269 		--middle_len;
6270 
6271 	    /* Find the end-comment string */
6272 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of end flags */
6273 		++p;
6274 	    end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6275 
6276 	    /* Skip white space before the cursor */
6277 	    i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6278 	    while (--i >= 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(line[i]))
6279 		;
6280 	    i++;
6281 
6282 	    /* Skip to before the middle leader */
6283 	    i -= middle_len;
6284 
6285 	    /* Check some expected things before we go on */
6286 	    if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
6287 	    {
6288 		/* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
6289 		backspace_until_column(i);
6290 
6291 		/*
6292 		 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
6293 		 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
6294 		 */
6295 		ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
6296 	    }
6297 	}
6298     }
6299     end_comment_pending = NUL;
6300 #endif
6301 
6302     did_ai = FALSE;
6303 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6304     did_si = FALSE;
6305     can_si = FALSE;
6306     can_si_back = FALSE;
6307 #endif
6308 
6309     /*
6310      * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
6311      * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
6312      * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
6313      * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
6314      * 'paste' is set)..
6315      * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined,
6316      * because we need to fire the event for every character.
6317      * Do the check for InsertCharPre before the call to vpeekc() because the
6318      * InsertCharPre autocommand could change the input buffer.
6319      */
6320 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
6321     dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
6322 #endif
6323 
6324     if (       !ISSPECIAL(c)
6325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6326 	    && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
6327 #endif
6328 	    && !has_insertcharpre()
6329 	    && vpeekc() != NUL
6330 	    && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6331 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6332 	    && !cindent_on()
6333 #endif
6334 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6335 	    && !p_ri
6336 #endif
6337 	   )
6338     {
6339 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
6340 	char_u		buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
6341 	int		i;
6342 	colnr_T		virtcol = 0;
6343 
6344 	buf[0] = c;
6345 	i = 1;
6346 	if (textwidth > 0)
6347 	    virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
6348 	/*
6349 	 * Stop the string when:
6350 	 * - no more chars available
6351 	 * - finding a special character (command key)
6352 	 * - buffer is full
6353 	 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
6354 	 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
6355 	 */
6356 	while (	   (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
6357 		&& !ISSPECIAL(c)
6358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6359 		&& (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
6360 #endif
6361 		&& i < INPUT_BUFLEN
6362 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
6363 		&& !(p_fkmap && KeyTyped) /* Farsi mode mapping moves cursor */
6364 # endif
6365 		&& (textwidth == 0
6366 		    || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
6367 		&& !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
6368 	{
6369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6370 	    c = vgetc();
6371 	    if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
6372 		c = hkmap(c);		    /* Hebrew mode mapping */
6373 	    buf[i++] = c;
6374 #else
6375 	    buf[i++] = vgetc();
6376 #endif
6377 	}
6378 
6379 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
6380 	do_digraph(-1);			/* clear digraphs */
6381 	do_digraph(buf[i-1]);		/* may be the start of a digraph */
6382 #endif
6383 	buf[i] = NUL;
6384 	ins_str(buf);
6385 	if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
6386 	{
6387 	    redo_literal(*buf);
6388 	    i = 1;
6389 	}
6390 	else
6391 	    i = 0;
6392 	if (buf[i] != NUL)
6393 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
6394     }
6395     else
6396     {
6397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6398 	int		cc;
6399 
6400 	if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
6401 	{
6402 	    char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6403 
6404 	    (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
6405 	    buf[cc] = NUL;
6406 	    ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
6407 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6408 	}
6409 	else
6410 #endif
6411 	{
6412 	    ins_char(c);
6413 	    if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
6414 		redo_literal(c);
6415 	    else
6416 		AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6417 	}
6418     }
6419 }
6420 
6421 /*
6422  * Format text at the current insert position.
6423  *
6424  * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent
6425  * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line().
6426  */
6427     static void
6428 internal_format(
6429     int		textwidth,
6430     int		second_indent,
6431     int		flags,
6432     int		format_only,
6433     int		c) /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */
6434 {
6435     int		cc;
6436     int		save_char = NUL;
6437     int		haveto_redraw = FALSE;
6438     int		fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
6439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6440     int		fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
6441 #endif
6442     int		fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
6443     int		first_line = TRUE;
6444 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6445     colnr_T	leader_len;
6446     int		no_leader = FALSE;
6447     int		do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
6448 #endif
6449 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6450     int		has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr;
6451 
6452     /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */
6453     curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE;
6454 #endif
6455 
6456     /*
6457      * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
6458      * deleted.  Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
6459      */
6460     if (!curbuf->b_p_ai && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG))
6461     {
6462 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6463 	if (VIM_ISWHITE(cc))
6464 	{
6465 	    save_char = cc;
6466 	    pchar_cursor('x');
6467 	}
6468     }
6469 
6470     /*
6471      * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
6472      */
6473     while (!got_int)
6474     {
6475 	int	startcol;		/* Cursor column at entry */
6476 	int	wantcol;		/* column at textwidth border */
6477 	int	foundcol;		/* column for start of spaces */
6478 	int	end_foundcol = 0;	/* column for start of word */
6479 	colnr_T	len;
6480 	colnr_T	virtcol;
6481 	int	orig_col = 0;
6482 	char_u	*saved_text = NULL;
6483 	colnr_T	col;
6484 	colnr_T	end_col;
6485 
6486 	virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
6487 		+ char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
6488 	if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
6489 	    break;
6490 
6491 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6492 	if (no_leader)
6493 	    do_comments = FALSE;
6494 	else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
6495 				       && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
6496 	    do_comments = TRUE;
6497 
6498 	/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6499 	if (do_comments)
6500 	    leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE);
6501 	else
6502 	    leader_len = 0;
6503 
6504 	/* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
6505 	 * start one in a following broken line.  Avoids that a %word
6506 	 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
6507 	 * to start with %. */
6508 	if (leader_len == 0)
6509 	    no_leader = TRUE;
6510 #endif
6511 	if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
6512 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6513 		&& leader_len == 0
6514 #endif
6515 		&& !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
6516 
6517 	    break;
6518 	if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
6519 	    break;
6520 
6521 	/* find column of textwidth border */
6522 	coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
6523 	wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6524 
6525 	curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
6526 	foundcol = 0;
6527 
6528 	/*
6529 	 * Find position to break at.
6530 	 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
6531 	 */
6532 	while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
6533 		    || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
6534 		    || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
6535 		    || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
6536 	{
6537 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL)
6538 		cc = c;
6539 	    else
6540 		cc = gchar_cursor();
6541 	    if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6542 	    {
6543 		/* remember position of blank just before text */
6544 		end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6545 
6546 		/* find start of sequence of blanks */
6547 		while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
6548 		{
6549 		    dec_cursor();
6550 		    cc = gchar_cursor();
6551 		}
6552 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
6553 		    break;		/* only spaces in front of text */
6554 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6555 		/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6556 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
6557 		    break;
6558 #endif
6559 		if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6560 		{
6561 		    /* do not break after one-letter words */
6562 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6563 			break;	/* one-letter word at begin */
6564 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6565 		    /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */
6566 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len)
6567 			break;
6568 #endif
6569 		    col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6570 		    dec_cursor();
6571 		    cc = gchar_cursor();
6572 
6573 		    if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6574 			continue;	/* one-letter, continue */
6575 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6576 		}
6577 
6578 		inc_cursor();
6579 
6580 		end_foundcol = end_col + 1;
6581 		foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6582 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
6583 		    break;
6584 	    }
6585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6586 	    else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte)
6587 	    {
6588 		/* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
6589 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol)
6590 		{
6591 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6592 		    /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6593 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
6594 			break;
6595 #endif
6596 		    col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6597 		    inc_cursor();
6598 		    /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */
6599 		    if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col)
6600 		    {
6601 			foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6602 			end_foundcol = foundcol;
6603 			if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
6604 			    break;
6605 		    }
6606 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6607 		}
6608 
6609 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6610 		    break;
6611 
6612 		col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6613 
6614 		dec_cursor();
6615 		cc = gchar_cursor();
6616 
6617 		if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6618 		    continue;		/* break with space */
6619 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6620 		/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6621 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
6622 		    break;
6623 #endif
6624 
6625 		curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6626 
6627 		foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6628 		end_foundcol = foundcol;
6629 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
6630 		    break;
6631 	    }
6632 #endif
6633 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6634 		break;
6635 	    dec_cursor();
6636 	}
6637 
6638 	if (foundcol == 0)		/* no spaces, cannot break line */
6639 	{
6640 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
6641 	    break;
6642 	}
6643 
6644 	/* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
6645 	undisplay_dollar();
6646 
6647 	/*
6648 	 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
6649 	 * stack functions.  VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
6650 	 * over the text instead.
6651 	 */
6652 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6653 	    orig_col = startcol;	/* Will start backspacing from here */
6654 	else
6655 	    replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol;
6656 
6657 	/*
6658 	 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
6659 	 * characters that will remain on top line
6660 	 */
6661 	curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
6662 	while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
6663 		    && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol))
6664 	    inc_cursor();
6665 	startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
6666 	if (startcol < 0)
6667 	    startcol = 0;
6668 
6669 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6670 	{
6671 	    /*
6672 	     * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
6673 	     * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
6674 	     */
6675 	    saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
6676 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
6677 	    if (saved_text == NULL)
6678 		break;	/* Can't do it, out of memory */
6679 	    saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
6680 
6681 	    /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
6682 	    if (!fo_white_par)
6683 		backspace_until_column(foundcol);
6684 	}
6685 	else
6686 	{
6687 	    /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
6688 	    if (!fo_white_par)
6689 		curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
6690 	}
6691 
6692 	/*
6693 	 * Split the line just before the margin.
6694 	 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
6695 	 */
6696 	open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
6697 		+ (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
6698 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6699 		+ (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
6700 		+ ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0)
6701 #endif
6702 		, ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent));
6703 	if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST))
6704 	    old_indent = 0;
6705 
6706 	replace_offset = 0;
6707 	if (first_line)
6708 	{
6709 	    if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST))
6710 	    {
6711 		/*
6712 		 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists.  When not
6713 		 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST
6714 		 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen
6715 		 * above).  The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will
6716 		 * recognize comments if needed...
6717 		 */
6718 		if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
6719 		    second_indent =
6720 				 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6721 		if (second_indent >= 0)
6722 		{
6723 		    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6724 			change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent,
6725 							    FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
6726 		    else
6727 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6728 			if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0)
6729 		    {
6730 			int i;
6731 			int padding = second_indent - leader_len;
6732 
6733 			/* We started at the first_line of a numbered list
6734 			 * that has a comment.  the open_line() function has
6735 			 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned
6736 			 * the cursor at the end of the split line.  Now we
6737 			 * add the additional whitespace needed after the
6738 			 * comment leader for the numbered list.  */
6739 			for (i = 0; i < padding; i++)
6740 			    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
6741 			changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len);
6742 		    }
6743 		    else
6744 		    {
6745 #endif
6746 			(void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
6747 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6748 		    }
6749 #endif
6750 		}
6751 	    }
6752 	    first_line = FALSE;
6753 	}
6754 
6755 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6756 	{
6757 	    /*
6758 	     * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
6759 	     * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
6760 	     */
6761 	    ins_bytes(saved_text);
6762 	    vim_free(saved_text);
6763 	}
6764 	else
6765 	{
6766 	    /*
6767 	     * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
6768 	     * may have added or removed indent.
6769 	     */
6770 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
6771 	    len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6772 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
6773 		curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
6774 	}
6775 
6776 	haveto_redraw = TRUE;
6777 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6778 	can_cindent = TRUE;
6779 #endif
6780 	/* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
6781 	did_ai = FALSE;
6782 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6783 	did_si = FALSE;
6784 	can_si = FALSE;
6785 	can_si_back = FALSE;
6786 #endif
6787 	line_breakcheck();
6788     }
6789 
6790     if (save_char != NUL)		/* put back space after cursor */
6791 	pchar_cursor(save_char);
6792 
6793 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6794     curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr;
6795 #endif
6796     if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
6797     {
6798 	update_topline();
6799 	redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
6800     }
6801 }
6802 
6803 /*
6804  * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
6805  * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
6806  * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
6807  * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
6808  * saved here.
6809  */
6810     void
6811 auto_format(
6812     int		trailblank,	/* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
6813     int		prev_line)	/* may start in previous line */
6814 {
6815     pos_T	pos;
6816     colnr_T	len;
6817     char_u	*old;
6818     char_u	*new, *pnew;
6819     int		wasatend;
6820     int		cc;
6821 
6822     if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6823 	return;
6824 
6825     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
6826     old = ml_get_curline();
6827 
6828     /* may remove added space */
6829     check_auto_format(FALSE);
6830 
6831     /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
6832      * user might insert normal text next.  Also skip formatting when "1" is
6833      * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
6834      * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
6835      * next they are not joined back together. */
6836     wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old));
6837     if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
6838     {
6839 	dec_cursor();
6840 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6841 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
6842 					  && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6843 	    dec_cursor();
6844 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6845 	if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6846 	{
6847 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6848 	    return;
6849 	}
6850 	curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6851     }
6852 
6853 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6854     /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
6855      * comments. */
6856     if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
6857 				     && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0)
6858 	return;
6859 #endif
6860 
6861     /*
6862      * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
6863      * moved to the previous line if it fits there now.  Only when this is not
6864      * the start of a paragraph.
6865      */
6866     if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6867     {
6868 	--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6869 	if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6870 	    return;
6871     }
6872 
6873     /*
6874      * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position.  "saved_cursor" will
6875      * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6876      */
6877     saved_cursor = pos;
6878     format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
6879     curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6880     saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6881 
6882     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6883     {
6884 	/* "cannot happen" */
6885 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6886 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6887     }
6888     else
6889 	check_cursor_col();
6890 
6891     /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6892      * previously wasn't, the line was broken.  Because of the rule above we
6893      * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6894      * formatted. */
6895     if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6896     {
6897 	new = ml_get_curline();
6898 	len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6899 	if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6900 	{
6901 	    pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6902 	    pnew[len] = ' ';
6903 	    pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6904 	    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6905 	    /* remove the space later */
6906 	    did_add_space = TRUE;
6907 	}
6908 	else
6909 	    /* may remove added space */
6910 	    check_auto_format(FALSE);
6911     }
6912 
6913     check_cursor();
6914 }
6915 
6916 /*
6917  * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6918  * delete it now.  The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6919  * position.
6920  */
6921     static void
6922 check_auto_format(
6923     int		end_insert)	    /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6924 {
6925     int		c = ' ';
6926     int		cc;
6927 
6928     if (did_add_space)
6929     {
6930 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6931 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6932 	    /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6933 	    did_add_space = FALSE;
6934 	else
6935 	{
6936 	    if (!end_insert)
6937 	    {
6938 		inc_cursor();
6939 		c = gchar_cursor();
6940 		dec_cursor();
6941 	    }
6942 	    if (c != NUL)
6943 	    {
6944 		/* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6945 		del_char(FALSE);
6946 		did_add_space = FALSE;
6947 	    }
6948 	}
6949     }
6950 }
6951 
6952 /*
6953  * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6954  *	if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6955  *	else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use curwin->w_width - 'wrapmargin'
6956  *	if invalid value, use 0.
6957  *	Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6958  */
6959     int
6960 comp_textwidth(
6961     int		ff)	/* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6962 {
6963     int		textwidth;
6964 
6965     textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6966     if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6967     {
6968 	/* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6969 	 * things that add to the margin. */
6970 	textwidth = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6971 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6972 	if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6973 	    textwidth -= 1;
6974 #endif
6975 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6976 	textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6977 #endif
6978 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6979 	if (signcolumn_on(curwin))
6980 	    textwidth -= 1;
6981 #endif
6982 	if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu)
6983 	    textwidth -= 8;
6984     }
6985     if (textwidth < 0)
6986 	textwidth = 0;
6987     if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6988     {
6989 	textwidth = curwin->w_width - 1;
6990 	if (textwidth > 79)
6991 	    textwidth = 79;
6992     }
6993     return textwidth;
6994 }
6995 
6996 /*
6997  * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6998  */
6999     static void
7000 redo_literal(int c)
7001 {
7002     char_u	buf[10];
7003 
7004     /* Only digits need special treatment.  Translate them into a string of
7005      * three digits. */
7006     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
7007     {
7008 	vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c);
7009 	AppendToRedobuff(buf);
7010     }
7011     else
7012 	AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
7013 }
7014 
7015 /*
7016  * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
7017  * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
7018  */
7019     static void
7020 start_arrow(
7021     pos_T    *end_insert_pos)		/* can be NULL */
7022 {
7023     start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, TRUE);
7024 }
7025 
7026 /*
7027  * Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument.
7028  * Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE.
7029  */
7030     static void
7031 start_arrow_with_change(
7032     pos_T    *end_insert_pos,		/* can be NULL */
7033     int	      end_change)		/* end undoable change */
7034 {
7035     start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change);
7036     if (!end_change)
7037     {
7038 	AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G);
7039 	AppendCharToRedobuff('U');
7040     }
7041 }
7042 
7043     static void
7044 start_arrow_common(
7045     pos_T    *end_insert_pos,		/* can be NULL */
7046     int	      end_change)		/* end undoable change */
7047 {
7048     if (!arrow_used && end_change)	/* something has been inserted */
7049     {
7050 	AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
7051 	stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE);
7052 	arrow_used = TRUE;	/* this means we stopped the current insert */
7053     }
7054 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7055     check_spell_redraw();
7056 #endif
7057 }
7058 
7059 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
7060 /*
7061  * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
7062  * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
7063  */
7064     static void
7065 check_spell_redraw(void)
7066 {
7067     if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
7068     {
7069 	linenr_T	lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
7070 
7071 	spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
7072 	redrawWinline(curwin, lnum, FALSE);
7073     }
7074 }
7075 
7076 /*
7077  * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
7078  * spelled word, if there is one.
7079  */
7080     static void
7081 spell_back_to_badword(void)
7082 {
7083     pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7084 
7085     spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
7086     if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
7087 	start_arrow(&tpos);
7088 }
7089 #endif
7090 
7091 /*
7092  * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
7093  * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
7094  * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
7095  */
7096     int
7097 stop_arrow(void)
7098 {
7099     if (arrow_used)
7100     {
7101 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;	/* new insertion starts here */
7102 	if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo)
7103 	    /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the
7104 	     * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */
7105 	    update_Insstart_orig = FALSE;
7106 	Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
7107 
7108 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
7109 	{
7110 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
7111 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
7112 	}
7113 
7114 	ai_col = 0;
7115 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7116 	{
7117 	    orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7118 	    vr_lines_changed = 1;
7119 	}
7120 	ResetRedobuff();
7121 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i");   /* pretend we start an insertion */
7122 	new_insert_skip = 2;
7123     }
7124     else if (ins_need_undo)
7125     {
7126 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
7127 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
7128     }
7129 
7130 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7131     /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
7132     foldOpenCursor();
7133 #endif
7134 
7135     return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
7136 }
7137 
7138 /*
7139  * Do a few things to stop inserting.
7140  * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended.  It is NULL when we already jumped
7141  * to another window/buffer.
7142  */
7143     static void
7144 stop_insert(
7145     pos_T	*end_insert_pos,
7146     int		esc,			/* called by ins_esc() */
7147     int		nomove)			/* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */
7148 {
7149     int		cc;
7150     char_u	*ptr;
7151 
7152     stop_redo_ins();
7153     replace_flush();		/* abandon replace stack */
7154 
7155     /*
7156      * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
7157      * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
7158      * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
7159      */
7160     ptr = get_inserted();
7161     if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
7162 				       && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
7163     {
7164 	vim_free(last_insert);
7165 	last_insert = ptr;
7166 	last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
7167     }
7168     else
7169 	vim_free(ptr);
7170 
7171     if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
7172     {
7173 	/* Auto-format now.  It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
7174 	 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
7175 	 * a line and having it end in a space.  But only do it when something
7176 	 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
7177 	if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
7178 	{
7179 	    pos_T   tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7180 
7181 	    /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
7182 	     * formatting will move it to the following word.  Avoid that by
7183 	     * moving the cursor onto the space. */
7184 	    cc = 'x';
7185 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
7186 	    {
7187 		dec_cursor();
7188 		cc = gchar_cursor();
7189 		if (!VIM_ISWHITE(cc))
7190 		    curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
7191 	    }
7192 
7193 	    auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
7194 
7195 	    if (VIM_ISWHITE(cc))
7196 	    {
7197 		if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
7198 		    inc_cursor();
7199 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7200 		/* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
7201 		 * the "coladd". */
7202 		if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
7203 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
7204 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
7205 		    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
7206 #endif
7207 	    }
7208 	}
7209 
7210 	/* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
7211 	check_auto_format(TRUE);
7212 
7213 	/* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
7214 	 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
7215 	 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down.
7216 	 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text
7217 	 * got changed unexpectedly. */
7218 	if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
7219 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum))
7220 		&& end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7221 	{
7222 	    pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7223 
7224 	    curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
7225 	    check_cursor_col();  /* make sure it is not past the line */
7226 	    for (;;)
7227 	    {
7228 		if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
7229 		    --curwin->w_cursor.col;
7230 		cc = gchar_cursor();
7231 		if (!VIM_ISWHITE(cc))
7232 		    break;
7233 		if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL)
7234 		    break;  /* should not happen */
7235 	    }
7236 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
7237 		curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
7238 	    else
7239 	    {
7240 		/* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */
7241 		tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7242 		tpos.col++;
7243 		if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL)
7244 		    ++curwin->w_cursor.col;	/* put cursor back on the NUL */
7245 	    }
7246 
7247 	    /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
7248 	     * deleted characters. */
7249 	    if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7250 	    {
7251 		int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
7252 
7253 		if (VIsual.col > len)
7254 		{
7255 		    VIsual.col = len;
7256 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7257 		    VIsual.coladd = 0;
7258 #endif
7259 		}
7260 	    }
7261 	}
7262     }
7263     did_ai = FALSE;
7264 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7265     did_si = FALSE;
7266     can_si = FALSE;
7267     can_si_back = FALSE;
7268 #endif
7269 
7270     /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text.  When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
7271      * now in a different buffer. */
7272     if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
7273     {
7274 	curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
7275 	curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig;
7276 	curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
7277     }
7278 }
7279 
7280 /*
7281  * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
7282  * Used for the replace command.
7283  */
7284     void
7285 set_last_insert(int c)
7286 {
7287     char_u	*s;
7288 
7289     vim_free(last_insert);
7290     last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
7291     if (last_insert != NULL)
7292     {
7293 	s = last_insert;
7294 	/* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
7295 	if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
7296 	    *s++ = Ctrl_V;
7297 	s = add_char2buf(c, s);
7298 	*s++ = ESC;
7299 	*s++ = NUL;
7300 	last_insert_skip = 0;
7301     }
7302 }
7303 
7304 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7305     void
7306 free_last_insert(void)
7307 {
7308     VIM_CLEAR(last_insert);
7309 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7310     VIM_CLEAR(compl_orig_text);
7311 # endif
7312 }
7313 #endif
7314 
7315 /*
7316  * Add character "c" to buffer "s".  Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
7317  * and CSI.  Handle multi-byte characters.
7318  * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
7319  */
7320     char_u *
7321 add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s)
7322 {
7323 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7324     char_u	temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7325     int		i;
7326     int		len;
7327 
7328     len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
7329     for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
7330     {
7331 	c = temp[i];
7332 #endif
7333 	/* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
7334 	if (c == K_SPECIAL)
7335 	{
7336 	    *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
7337 	    *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
7338 	    *s++ = KE_FILLER;
7339 	}
7340 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7341 	else if (c == CSI)
7342 	{
7343 	    *s++ = CSI;
7344 	    *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
7345 	    *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
7346 	}
7347 #endif
7348 	else
7349 	    *s++ = c;
7350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7351     }
7352 #endif
7353     return s;
7354 }
7355 
7356 /*
7357  * move cursor to start of line
7358  * if flags & BL_WHITE	move to first non-white
7359  * if flags & BL_SOL	move to first non-white if startofline is set,
7360  *			    otherwise keep "curswant" column
7361  * if flags & BL_FIX	don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
7362  */
7363     void
7364 beginline(int flags)
7365 {
7366     if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
7367 	coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
7368     else
7369     {
7370 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7371 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7372 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
7373 #endif
7374 
7375 	if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
7376 	{
7377 	    char_u  *ptr;
7378 
7379 	    for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); VIM_ISWHITE(*ptr)
7380 			       && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
7381 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7382 	}
7383 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7384     }
7385 }
7386 
7387 /*
7388  * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
7389  *
7390  * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
7391  * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
7392  * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
7393  */
7394 
7395     int
7396 oneright(void)
7397 {
7398     char_u	*ptr;
7399     int		l;
7400 
7401 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7402     if (virtual_active())
7403     {
7404 	pos_T	prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7405 
7406 	/* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
7407 	ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7408 	coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
7409 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7410 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
7411 # else
7412 			    *ptr
7413 # endif
7414 			    ))
7415 		    ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
7416 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7417 	/* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
7418 	return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
7419 		    || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
7420     }
7421 #endif
7422 
7423     ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7424     if (*ptr == NUL)
7425 	return FAIL;	    /* already at the very end */
7426 
7427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7428     if (has_mbyte)
7429 	l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
7430     else
7431 #endif
7432 	l = 1;
7433 
7434     /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
7435      * contains "onemore". */
7436     if (ptr[l] == NUL
7437 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7438 	    && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
7439 #endif
7440 	    )
7441 	return FAIL;
7442     curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
7443 
7444     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7445     return OK;
7446 }
7447 
7448     int
7449 oneleft(void)
7450 {
7451 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7452     if (virtual_active())
7453     {
7454 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
7455 	int width;
7456 # endif
7457 	int v = getviscol();
7458 
7459 	if (v == 0)
7460 	    return FAIL;
7461 
7462 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
7463 	/* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
7464 	width = 1;
7465 	for (;;)
7466 	{
7467 	    coladvance(v - width);
7468 	    /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty,
7469 	     * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte
7470 	     * characters */
7471 	    if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri
7472 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7473 			&& !has_mbyte
7474 #  endif
7475 			) || getviscol() < v)
7476 		break;
7477 	    ++width;
7478 	}
7479 # else
7480 	coladvance(v - 1);
7481 # endif
7482 
7483 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
7484 	{
7485 	    char_u *ptr;
7486 
7487 	    /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
7488 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7489 	    if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
7490 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7491 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
7492 #  else
7493 			    *ptr
7494 #  endif
7495 			    ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
7496 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
7497 	}
7498 
7499 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7500 	return OK;
7501     }
7502 #endif
7503 
7504     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
7505 	return FAIL;
7506 
7507     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7508     --curwin->w_cursor.col;
7509 
7510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7511     /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
7512      * character, move to its first byte */
7513     if (has_mbyte)
7514 	mb_adjust_cursor();
7515 #endif
7516     return OK;
7517 }
7518 
7519     int
7520 cursor_up(
7521     long	n,
7522     int		upd_topline)	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
7523 {
7524     linenr_T	lnum;
7525 
7526     if (n > 0)
7527     {
7528 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7529 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
7530 	 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
7531 	if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
7532 	    return FAIL;
7533 	if (n >= lnum)
7534 	    lnum = 1;
7535 	else
7536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7537 	    if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
7538 	{
7539 	    /*
7540 	     * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
7541 	     */
7542 	    /* go to the start of the current fold */
7543 	    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
7544 
7545 	    while (n--)
7546 	    {
7547 		/* move up one line */
7548 		--lnum;
7549 		if (lnum <= 1)
7550 		    break;
7551 		/* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
7552 		 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
7553 		 * in a moment. */
7554 		if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
7555 		    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
7556 	    }
7557 	    if (lnum < 1)
7558 		lnum = 1;
7559 	}
7560 	else
7561 #endif
7562 	    lnum -= n;
7563 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
7564     }
7565 
7566     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
7567     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
7568 
7569     if (upd_topline)
7570 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
7571 
7572     return OK;
7573 }
7574 
7575 /*
7576  * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
7577  */
7578     int
7579 cursor_down(
7580     long	n,
7581     int		upd_topline)	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
7582 {
7583     linenr_T	lnum;
7584 
7585     if (n > 0)
7586     {
7587 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7588 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7589 	/* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
7590 	(void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
7591 #endif
7592 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
7593 	 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
7594 	if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7595 		|| (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7596 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
7597 	    return FAIL;
7598 	if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7599 	    lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7600 	else
7601 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7602 	if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
7603 	{
7604 	    linenr_T	last;
7605 
7606 	    /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
7607 	    while (n--)
7608 	    {
7609 		if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
7610 		    lnum = last + 1;
7611 		else
7612 		    ++lnum;
7613 		if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7614 		    break;
7615 	    }
7616 	    if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7617 		lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7618 	}
7619 	else
7620 #endif
7621 	    lnum += n;
7622 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
7623     }
7624 
7625     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
7626     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
7627 
7628     if (upd_topline)
7629 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
7630 
7631     return OK;
7632 }
7633 
7634 /*
7635  * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
7636  * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
7637  * first have to remove the command.
7638  */
7639     int
7640 stuff_inserted(
7641     int	    c,		/* Command character to be inserted */
7642     long    count,	/* Repeat this many times */
7643     int	    no_esc)	/* Don't add an ESC at the end */
7644 {
7645     char_u	*esc_ptr;
7646     char_u	*ptr;
7647     char_u	*last_ptr;
7648     char_u	last = NUL;
7649 
7650     ptr = get_last_insert();
7651     if (ptr == NULL)
7652     {
7653 	EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
7654 	return FAIL;
7655     }
7656 
7657     /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
7658     if (c != NUL)
7659 	stuffcharReadbuff(c);
7660     if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
7661 	*esc_ptr = NUL;	    /* remove the ESC */
7662 
7663     /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
7664      * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
7665      * starts with ^D.	-- Acevedo
7666      */
7667     last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
7668     if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
7669 	    && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
7670     {
7671 	last = *last_ptr;
7672 	*last_ptr = NUL;
7673     }
7674 
7675     do
7676     {
7677 	stuffReadbuff(ptr);
7678 	/* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
7679 	if (last)
7680 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
7681 			? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
7682 			: IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
7683     }
7684     while (--count > 0);
7685 
7686     if (last)
7687 	*last_ptr = last;
7688 
7689     if (esc_ptr != NULL)
7690 	*esc_ptr = ESC;	    /* put the ESC back */
7691 
7692     /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
7693     if (!no_esc)
7694 	stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
7695 
7696     return OK;
7697 }
7698 
7699     char_u *
7700 get_last_insert(void)
7701 {
7702     if (last_insert == NULL)
7703 	return NULL;
7704     return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
7705 }
7706 
7707 /*
7708  * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
7709  * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
7710  */
7711     char_u *
7712 get_last_insert_save(void)
7713 {
7714     char_u	*s;
7715     int		len;
7716 
7717     if (last_insert == NULL)
7718 	return NULL;
7719     s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
7720     if (s != NULL)
7721     {
7722 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
7723 	if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC)	/* remove trailing ESC */
7724 	    s[len - 1] = NUL;
7725     }
7726     return s;
7727 }
7728 
7729 /*
7730  * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
7731  * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
7732  * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
7733  * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
7734  */
7735     static int
7736 echeck_abbr(int c)
7737 {
7738     /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
7739      * after moving around with cursor keys. */
7740     if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
7741 	return FALSE;
7742 
7743     return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
7744 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
7745 }
7746 
7747 /*
7748  * replace-stack functions
7749  *
7750  * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
7751  * new character.  This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
7752  *
7753  * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
7754  * currently in the file after the insertion point.  When BS is used, one NUL
7755  * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
7756  *
7757  * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists.  One contains the characters
7758  * that the NL replaced.  The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
7759  * that were deleted (always white space).
7760  *
7761  * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
7762  * character at the end of the stack.  If replace_offset is not 0, that many
7763  * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
7764  */
7765 
7766 static char_u	*replace_stack = NULL;
7767 static long	replace_stack_nr = 0;	    /* next entry in replace stack */
7768 static long	replace_stack_len = 0;	    /* max. number of entries */
7769 
7770     void
7771 replace_push(
7772     int	    c)	    /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
7773 {
7774     char_u  *p;
7775 
7776     if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset)	/* nothing to do */
7777 	return;
7778     if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
7779     {
7780 	replace_stack_len += 50;
7781 	p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
7782 	if (p == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
7783 	{
7784 	    replace_stack_len -= 50;
7785 	    return;
7786 	}
7787 	if (replace_stack != NULL)
7788 	{
7789 	    mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
7790 				 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
7791 	    vim_free(replace_stack);
7792 	}
7793 	replace_stack = p;
7794     }
7795     p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
7796     if (replace_offset)
7797 	mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
7798     *p = c;
7799     ++replace_stack_nr;
7800 }
7801 
7802 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
7803 /*
7804  * Push a character onto the replace stack.  Handles a multi-byte character in
7805  * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
7806  * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
7807  */
7808     int
7809 replace_push_mb(char_u *p)
7810 {
7811     int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
7812     int j;
7813 
7814     for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
7815 	replace_push(p[j]);
7816     return l;
7817 }
7818 #endif
7819 
7820 /*
7821  * Pop one item from the replace stack.
7822  * return -1 if stack empty
7823  * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
7824  */
7825     static int
7826 replace_pop(void)
7827 {
7828     if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
7829 	return -1;
7830     return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
7831 }
7832 
7833 /*
7834  * Join the top two items on the replace stack.  This removes to "off"'th NUL
7835  * encountered.
7836  */
7837     static void
7838 replace_join(
7839     int	    off)	/* offset for which NUL to remove */
7840 {
7841     int	    i;
7842 
7843     for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
7844 	if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
7845 	{
7846 	    --replace_stack_nr;
7847 	    mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
7848 					      (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
7849 	    return;
7850 	}
7851 }
7852 
7853 /*
7854  * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
7855  * before the cursor.  Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
7856  */
7857     static void
7858 replace_pop_ins(void)
7859 {
7860     int	    cc;
7861     int	    oldState = State;
7862 
7863     State = NORMAL;			/* don't want REPLACE here */
7864     while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
7865     {
7866 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7867 	mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7868 #else
7869 	ins_char(cc);
7870 #endif
7871 	dec_cursor();
7872     }
7873     State = oldState;
7874 }
7875 
7876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7877 /*
7878  * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte.  If it
7879  * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
7880  */
7881     static void
7882 mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc)
7883 {
7884     int		n;
7885     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7886     int		i;
7887     int		c;
7888 
7889     if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
7890     {
7891 	buf[0] = cc;
7892 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7893 	    buf[i] = replace_pop();
7894 	ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7895     }
7896     else
7897 	ins_char(cc);
7898 
7899     if (enc_utf8)
7900 	/* Handle composing chars. */
7901 	for (;;)
7902 	{
7903 	    c = replace_pop();
7904 	    if (c == -1)	    /* stack empty */
7905 		break;
7906 	    if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7907 	    {
7908 		/* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7909 		replace_push(c);
7910 		break;
7911 	    }
7912 	    else
7913 	    {
7914 		buf[0] = c;
7915 		for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7916 		    buf[i] = replace_pop();
7917 		if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7918 		    ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7919 		else
7920 		{
7921 		    /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7922 		    for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7923 			replace_push(buf[i]);
7924 		    break;
7925 		}
7926 	    }
7927 	}
7928 }
7929 #endif
7930 
7931 /*
7932  * make the replace stack empty
7933  * (called when exiting replace mode)
7934  */
7935     static void
7936 replace_flush(void)
7937 {
7938     VIM_CLEAR(replace_stack);
7939     replace_stack_len = 0;
7940     replace_stack_nr = 0;
7941 }
7942 
7943 /*
7944  * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7945  * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7946  * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7947  * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7948  * and check for more characters to be put back
7949  * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column.  Matters when
7950  * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
7951  */
7952     static void
7953 replace_do_bs(int limit_col)
7954 {
7955     int		cc;
7956     int		orig_len = 0;
7957     int		ins_len;
7958     int		orig_vcols = 0;
7959     colnr_T	start_vcol;
7960     char_u	*p;
7961     int		i;
7962     int		vcol;
7963 
7964     cc = replace_pop();
7965     if (cc > 0)
7966     {
7967 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7968 	{
7969 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7970 	     * going to delete. */
7971 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7972 	    orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7973 	}
7974 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7975 	if (has_mbyte)
7976 	{
7977 	    (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7978 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7979 		orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7980 	    replace_push(cc);
7981 	}
7982 	else
7983 #endif
7984 	{
7985 	    pchar_cursor(cc);
7986 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7987 		orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7988 	}
7989 	replace_pop_ins();
7990 
7991 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7992 	{
7993 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7994 	    p = ml_get_cursor();
7995 	    ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7996 	    vcol = start_vcol;
7997 	    for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7998 	    {
7999 		vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
8000 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8001 		i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
8002 #endif
8003 	    }
8004 	    vcol -= start_vcol;
8005 
8006 	    /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
8007 	     * text aligned. */
8008 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
8009 	    while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
8010 	    {
8011 		del_char(FALSE);
8012 		++orig_vcols;
8013 	    }
8014 	    curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
8015 	}
8016 
8017 	/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
8018 	changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
8019     }
8020     else if (cc == 0)
8021 	(void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
8022 }
8023 
8024 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8025 /*
8026  * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
8027  */
8028     static int
8029 cindent_on(void)
8030 {
8031     return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
8032 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8033 		    || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
8034 # endif
8035 		    ));
8036 }
8037 #endif
8038 
8039 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
8040 /*
8041  * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
8042  * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
8043  * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
8044  * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
8045  */
8046 
8047     void
8048 fixthisline(int (*get_the_indent)(void))
8049 {
8050     int amount = get_the_indent();
8051 
8052     if (amount >= 0)
8053     {
8054 	change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, FALSE, 0, TRUE);
8055 	if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8056 	    did_ai = TRUE;	/* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
8057     }
8058 }
8059 
8060     void
8061 fix_indent(void)
8062 {
8063     if (p_paste)
8064 	return;
8065 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
8066     if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
8067 	fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
8068 # endif
8069 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
8070     else
8071 # endif
8072 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8073 	if (cindent_on())
8074 	    do_c_expr_indent();
8075 # endif
8076 }
8077 
8078 #endif
8079 
8080 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8081 /*
8082  * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
8083  * when == '*':	    Only if key is preceded with '*'	(indent before insert)
8084  * when == '!':	    Only if key is preceded with '!'	(don't insert)
8085  * when == ' ':	    Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
8086  *
8087  * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
8088  * KEY_OPEN_FORW
8089  * KEY_OPEN_BACK
8090  * KEY_COMPLETE	    just finished completion.
8091  *
8092  * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
8093  */
8094     int
8095 in_cinkeys(
8096     int		keytyped,
8097     int		when,
8098     int		line_is_empty)
8099 {
8100     char_u	*look;
8101     int		try_match;
8102     int		try_match_word;
8103     char_u	*p;
8104     char_u	*line;
8105     int		icase;
8106     int		i;
8107 
8108     if (keytyped == NUL)
8109 	/* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */
8110 	return FALSE;
8111 
8112 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8113     if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
8114 	look = curbuf->b_p_indk;	/* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
8115     else
8116 #endif
8117 	look = curbuf->b_p_cink;	/* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
8118     while (*look)
8119     {
8120 	/*
8121 	 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
8122 	 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
8123 	 */
8124 	switch (when)
8125 	{
8126 	    case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
8127 	    case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
8128 	     default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
8129 	}
8130 	if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
8131 	    ++look;
8132 
8133 	/*
8134 	 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
8135 	 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
8136 	 */
8137 	if (*look == '0')
8138 	{
8139 	    try_match_word = try_match;
8140 	    if (!line_is_empty)
8141 		try_match = FALSE;
8142 	    ++look;
8143 	}
8144 	else
8145 	    try_match_word = FALSE;
8146 
8147 	/*
8148 	 * does it look like a control character?
8149 	 */
8150 	if (*look == '^'
8151 #ifdef EBCDIC
8152 		&& (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
8153 #else
8154 		&& look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
8155 #endif
8156 		)
8157 	{
8158 	    if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
8159 		return TRUE;
8160 	    look += 2;
8161 	}
8162 	/*
8163 	 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
8164 	 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
8165 	 */
8166 	else if (*look == 'o')
8167 	{
8168 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
8169 		return TRUE;
8170 	    ++look;
8171 	}
8172 	else if (*look == 'O')
8173 	{
8174 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
8175 		return TRUE;
8176 	    ++look;
8177 	}
8178 
8179 	/*
8180 	 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
8181 	 * cursor.
8182 	 */
8183 	else if (*look == 'e')
8184 	{
8185 	    if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
8186 	    {
8187 		p = ml_get_curline();
8188 		if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
8189 			STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
8190 		    return TRUE;
8191 	    }
8192 	    ++look;
8193 	}
8194 
8195 	/*
8196 	 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
8197 	 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
8198 	 * class::method for C++).
8199 	 */
8200 	else if (*look == ':')
8201 	{
8202 	    if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
8203 	    {
8204 		p = ml_get_curline();
8205 		if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel())
8206 		    return TRUE;
8207 		/* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
8208 		p = ml_get_curline();
8209 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
8210 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
8211 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
8212 		{
8213 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
8214 		    i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
8215 							    || cin_islabel());
8216 		    p = ml_get_curline();
8217 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
8218 		    if (i)
8219 			return TRUE;
8220 		}
8221 	    }
8222 	    ++look;
8223 	}
8224 
8225 
8226 	/*
8227 	 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
8228 	 */
8229 	else if (*look == '<')
8230 	{
8231 	    if (try_match)
8232 	    {
8233 		/*
8234 		 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
8235 		 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
8236 		 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
8237 		 */
8238 		if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
8239 						       && keytyped == look[1])
8240 		    return TRUE;
8241 
8242 		if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
8243 		    return TRUE;
8244 	    }
8245 	    while (*look && *look != '>')
8246 		look++;
8247 	    while (*look == '>')
8248 		look++;
8249 	}
8250 
8251 	/*
8252 	 * Is it a word: "=word"?
8253 	 */
8254 	else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
8255 	{
8256 	    ++look;
8257 	    if (*look == '~')
8258 	    {
8259 		icase = TRUE;
8260 		++look;
8261 	    }
8262 	    else
8263 		icase = FALSE;
8264 	    p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
8265 	    if (p == NULL)
8266 		p = look + STRLEN(look);
8267 	    if ((try_match || try_match_word)
8268 		    && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
8269 	    {
8270 		int		match = FALSE;
8271 
8272 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8273 		if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
8274 		{
8275 		    char_u	*s;
8276 
8277 		    /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
8278 		     * search back for the start of a word. */
8279 		    line = ml_get_curline();
8280 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8281 		    if (has_mbyte)
8282 		    {
8283 			char_u	*n;
8284 
8285 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
8286 			{
8287 			    n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
8288 			    if (!vim_iswordp(n))
8289 				break;
8290 			}
8291 		    }
8292 		    else
8293 # endif
8294 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
8295 			    if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
8296 				break;
8297 		    if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
8298 			    && (icase
8299 				? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
8300 				: STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
8301 			match = TRUE;
8302 		}
8303 		else
8304 #endif
8305 		    /* TODO: multi-byte */
8306 		    if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
8307 			 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
8308 		{
8309 		    line = ml_get_cursor();
8310 		    if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
8311 				|| !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
8312 			    && (icase
8313 				? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
8314 				: STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
8315 									 == 0)
8316 			match = TRUE;
8317 		}
8318 		if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
8319 		{
8320 		    /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
8321 		     * word. */
8322 		    if (getwhitecols_curline() !=
8323 				     (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
8324 			match = FALSE;
8325 		}
8326 		if (match)
8327 		    return TRUE;
8328 	    }
8329 	    look = p;
8330 	}
8331 
8332 	/*
8333 	 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
8334 	 */
8335 	else
8336 	{
8337 	    if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
8338 		return TRUE;
8339 	    if (*look != NUL)
8340 		++look;
8341 	}
8342 
8343 	/*
8344 	 * Skip over ", ".
8345 	 */
8346 	look = skip_to_option_part(look);
8347     }
8348     return FALSE;
8349 }
8350 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8351 
8352 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
8353 /*
8354  * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
8355  */
8356     int
8357 hkmap(int c)
8358 {
8359     if (p_hkmapp)   /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
8360     {
8361 	enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
8362 	    KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
8363 	    PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
8364 	static char_u map[26] =
8365 	    {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET  /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF    /*c*/,
8366 	     (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1   /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
8367 	     (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI  /*h*/, (char_u)IUD     /*i*/,
8368 	     (char_u)HET  /*j*/, (char_u)KOF  /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED   /*l*/,
8369 	     (char_u)MEM  /*m*/, (char_u)NUN  /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH   /*o*/,
8370 	     (char_u)PEI  /*p*/, (char_u)-1   /*q*/, (char_u)RESH    /*r*/,
8371 	     (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV  /*t*/, (char_u)TET     /*u*/,
8372 	     (char_u)VAV  /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1      /*x*/,
8373 	     (char_u)AIN  /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
8374 
8375 	if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
8376 	    return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
8377 							    /* '-1'='sofit' */
8378 	else if (c == 'x')
8379 	    return 'X';
8380 	else if (c == 'q')
8381 	    return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
8382 	else if (c == 246)
8383 	    return ' ';  /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
8384 	else if (c == 228)
8385 	    return ' ';  /* \"a --> ' '      -- / --	       */
8386 	else if (c == 252)
8387 	    return ' ';  /* \"u --> ' '      -- / --	       */
8388 #ifdef EBCDIC
8389 	else if (islower(c))
8390 #else
8391 	/* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
8392 	 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
8393 	 * all systems.  Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
8394 	 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
8395 	 */
8396 	else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
8397 #endif
8398 	    return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
8399 	else
8400 	    return c;
8401     }
8402     else
8403     {
8404 	switch (c)
8405 	{
8406 	    case '`':	return ';';
8407 	    case '/':	return '.';
8408 	    case '\'':	return ',';
8409 	    case 'q':	return '/';
8410 	    case 'w':	return '\'';
8411 
8412 			/* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
8413 	    case ',':	c = '{'; break;
8414 	    case '.':	c = 'v'; break;
8415 	    case ';':	c = 't'; break;
8416 	    default: {
8417 			 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
8418 
8419 #ifdef EBCDIC
8420 			 /* see note about islower() above */
8421 			 if (!islower(c))
8422 #else
8423 			 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
8424 #endif
8425 			     return c;
8426 			 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
8427 			 break;
8428 		     }
8429 	}
8430 
8431 	return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
8432     }
8433 }
8434 #endif
8435 
8436     static void
8437 ins_reg(void)
8438 {
8439     int		need_redraw = FALSE;
8440     int		regname;
8441     int		literally = 0;
8442     int		vis_active = VIsual_active;
8443 
8444     /*
8445      * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
8446      */
8447     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
8448     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
8449     {
8450 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
8451 	ins_redraw(FALSE);
8452 
8453 	edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
8454 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8455 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
8456 #endif
8457     }
8458 
8459 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
8460     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
8461 #endif
8462 
8463     /*
8464      * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
8465      * deleted when ESC is hit.
8466      */
8467     ++no_mapping;
8468     regname = plain_vgetc();
8469     LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
8470     if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
8471     {
8472 	/* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
8473 	literally = regname;
8474 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8475 	add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
8476 #endif
8477 	regname = plain_vgetc();
8478 	LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
8479     }
8480     --no_mapping;
8481 
8482 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8483     /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error
8484      * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */
8485     ++no_u_sync;
8486     if (regname == '=')
8487     {
8488 # ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD
8489 	int	im_on = im_get_status();
8490 # endif
8491 	/* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or
8492 	 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */
8493 	u_sync_once = 2;
8494 
8495 	regname = get_expr_register();
8496 # ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD
8497 	/* Restore the Input Method. */
8498 	if (im_on)
8499 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
8500 # endif
8501     }
8502     if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
8503     {
8504 	vim_beep(BO_REG);
8505 	need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
8506     }
8507     else
8508     {
8509 #endif
8510 	if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
8511 	{
8512 	    /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
8513 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
8514 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
8515 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
8516 
8517 	    do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
8518 		 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
8519 	}
8520 	else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
8521 	{
8522 	    vim_beep(BO_REG);
8523 	    need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
8524 	}
8525 	else if (stop_insert_mode)
8526 	    /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
8527 	     * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
8528 	     * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
8529 	    need_redraw = TRUE;
8530 
8531 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8532     }
8533     --no_u_sync;
8534     if (u_sync_once == 1)
8535 	ins_need_undo = TRUE;
8536     u_sync_once = 0;
8537 #endif
8538 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8539     clear_showcmd();
8540 #endif
8541 
8542     /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
8543     if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
8544 	edit_unputchar();
8545 
8546     /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
8547     if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
8548 	end_visual_mode();
8549 }
8550 
8551 /*
8552  * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
8553  */
8554     static void
8555 ins_ctrl_g(void)
8556 {
8557     int		c;
8558 
8559 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8560     /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
8561     setcursor();
8562 #endif
8563 
8564     /*
8565      * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
8566      * deleted when ESC is hit.
8567      */
8568     ++no_mapping;
8569     c = plain_vgetc();
8570     --no_mapping;
8571     switch (c)
8572     {
8573 	/* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
8574 	case K_UP:
8575 	case Ctrl_K:
8576 	case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
8577 		  break;
8578 
8579 	/* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
8580 	case K_DOWN:
8581 	case Ctrl_J:
8582 	case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
8583 		  break;
8584 
8585 	/* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
8586 	case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
8587 		  ins_need_undo = TRUE;
8588 
8589 		  /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
8590 		   * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
8591 		  update_Insstart_orig = FALSE;
8592 		  Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
8593 		  break;
8594 
8595 	/* CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char */
8596 	case 'U':
8597 		  /* Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char,
8598 		   * without breaking undo. */
8599 		  dont_sync_undo = MAYBE;
8600 		  break;
8601 
8602 	/* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
8603 	default:  vim_beep(BO_CTRLG);
8604     }
8605 }
8606 
8607 /*
8608  * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
8609  */
8610     static void
8611 ins_ctrl_hat(void)
8612 {
8613     if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
8614     {
8615 	/* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
8616 	if (State & LANGMAP)
8617 	{
8618 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
8619 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
8620 	}
8621 	else
8622 	{
8623 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
8624 	    State |= LANGMAP;
8625 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD
8626 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
8627 #endif
8628 	}
8629     }
8630 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD
8631     else
8632     {
8633 	/* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
8634 	if (im_get_status())
8635 	{
8636 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
8637 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
8638 	}
8639 	else
8640 	{
8641 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
8642 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
8643 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
8644 	}
8645     }
8646 #endif
8647     set_iminsert_global();
8648     showmode();
8649 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8650     /* may show different cursor shape or color */
8651     if (gui.in_use)
8652 	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
8653 #endif
8654 #if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
8655     /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
8656     status_redraw_curbuf();
8657 #endif
8658 }
8659 
8660 /*
8661  * Handle ESC in insert mode.
8662  * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
8663  * insert.
8664  */
8665     static int
8666 ins_esc(
8667     long	*count,
8668     int		cmdchar,
8669     int		nomove)	    /* don't move cursor */
8670 {
8671     int		temp;
8672     static int	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
8673 
8674 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
8675     check_spell_redraw();
8676 #endif
8677 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
8678 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
8679     hangul_input_state_set(0);
8680 # endif
8681     if (composing_hangul)
8682     {
8683 	push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
8684 	composing_hangul = 0;
8685     }
8686 #endif
8687 
8688     temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8689     if (disabled_redraw)
8690     {
8691 	--RedrawingDisabled;
8692 	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
8693     }
8694     if (!arrow_used)
8695     {
8696 	/*
8697 	 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
8698 	 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode.  Needed for
8699 	 * when "count" is non-zero.
8700 	 */
8701 	if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
8702 	    AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
8703 
8704 	/*
8705 	 * Repeating insert may take a long time.  Check for
8706 	 * interrupt now and then.
8707 	 */
8708 	if (*count > 0)
8709 	{
8710 	    line_breakcheck();
8711 	    if (got_int)
8712 		*count = 0;
8713 	}
8714 
8715 	if (--*count > 0)	/* repeat what was typed */
8716 	{
8717 	    /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
8718 	    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
8719 		State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
8720 
8721 	    (void)start_redo_ins();
8722 	    if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
8723 		stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR);	/* no ESC in redo buffer */
8724 	    ++RedrawingDisabled;
8725 	    disabled_redraw = TRUE;
8726 	    return FALSE;	/* repeat the insert */
8727 	}
8728 	stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove);
8729 	undisplay_dollar();
8730     }
8731 
8732     /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
8733      * indent */
8734     if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
8735 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8736 
8737     /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
8738     if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
8739 	curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
8740 
8741     /*
8742      * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
8743      * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
8744      */
8745     if (!nomove
8746 	    && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
8747 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8748 		|| curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
8749 #endif
8750 	       )
8751 	    && (restart_edit == NUL
8752 		   || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active))
8753 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8754 	    && !revins_on
8755 #endif
8756 				      )
8757     {
8758 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8759 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
8760 	{
8761 	    oneleft();
8762 	    if (restart_edit != NUL)
8763 		++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8764 	}
8765 	else
8766 #endif
8767 	{
8768 	    --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8770 	    /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
8771 	    if (has_mbyte)
8772 		mb_adjust_cursor();
8773 #endif
8774 	}
8775     }
8776 
8777 #ifdef HAVE_INPUT_METHOD
8778     /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
8779      * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
8780      * well). */
8781     if (!(State & LANGMAP))
8782 	im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
8783     im_set_active(FALSE);
8784 #endif
8785 
8786     State = NORMAL;
8787     /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
8788     changed_cline_bef_curs();
8789 
8790 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8791     setmouse();
8792 #endif
8793 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8794     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
8795 #endif
8796     if (!p_ek)
8797 	/* Re-enable bracketed paste mode. */
8798 	out_str(T_BE);
8799 
8800     /*
8801      * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
8802      * Otherwise remove the mode message.
8803      */
8804     if (reg_recording != 0 || restart_edit != NUL)
8805 	showmode();
8806     else if (p_smd)
8807 	MSG("");
8808 
8809     return TRUE;	    /* exit Insert mode */
8810 }
8811 
8812 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8813 /*
8814  * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
8815  * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
8816  */
8817     static void
8818 ins_ctrl_(void)
8819 {
8820     if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
8821     {
8822 	while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
8823 	    ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8824     }
8825     p_ri = !p_ri;
8826     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
8827     if (revins_on)
8828     {
8829 	revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8830 	revins_legal++;
8831 	revins_chars = 0;
8832 	undisplay_dollar();
8833     }
8834     else
8835 	revins_scol = -1;
8836 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8837     if (p_altkeymap)
8838     {
8839 	/*
8840 	 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
8841 	 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
8842 	 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
8843 	 */
8844 	arrow_used = TRUE;
8845 	(void)stop_arrow();
8846 	p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
8847 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8848 	    State = INSERT;
8849     }
8850     else
8851 #endif
8852 	p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;    /* be consistent! */
8853     showmode();
8854 }
8855 #endif
8856 
8857 /*
8858  * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
8859  * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
8860  */
8861     static int
8862 ins_start_select(int c)
8863 {
8864     if (km_startsel)
8865 	switch (c)
8866 	{
8867 	    case K_KHOME:
8868 	    case K_KEND:
8869 	    case K_PAGEUP:
8870 	    case K_KPAGEUP:
8871 	    case K_PAGEDOWN:
8872 	    case K_KPAGEDOWN:
8873 # ifdef MACOS_X
8874 	    case K_LEFT:
8875 	    case K_RIGHT:
8876 	    case K_UP:
8877 	    case K_DOWN:
8878 	    case K_END:
8879 	    case K_HOME:
8880 # endif
8881 		if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
8882 		    break;
8883 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
8884 	    case K_S_LEFT:
8885 	    case K_S_RIGHT:
8886 	    case K_S_UP:
8887 	    case K_S_DOWN:
8888 	    case K_S_END:
8889 	    case K_S_HOME:
8890 		/* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
8891 		 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
8892 		start_selection();
8893 
8894 		/* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
8895 		stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
8896 		if (mod_mask)
8897 		{
8898 		    char_u	    buf[4];
8899 
8900 		    buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8901 		    buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8902 		    buf[2] = mod_mask;
8903 		    buf[3] = NUL;
8904 		    stuffReadbuff(buf);
8905 		}
8906 		stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8907 		return TRUE;
8908 	}
8909     return FALSE;
8910 }
8911 
8912 /*
8913  * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode.
8914  */
8915     static void
8916 ins_insert(int replaceState)
8917 {
8918 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8919     if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8920     {
8921 	beep_flush();
8922 	EMSG(farsi_text_3);	/* encoded in Farsi */
8923 	return;
8924     }
8925 #endif
8926 
8927 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8928     set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8929 		   (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i"
8930 		          : replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v"
8931 						     : "r"), 1);
8932 # endif
8933     ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE);
8934     if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8935 	State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8936     else
8937 	State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8938     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8939     showmode();
8940 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8941     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
8942 #endif
8943 }
8944 
8945 /*
8946  * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8947  */
8948     static void
8949 ins_ctrl_o(void)
8950 {
8951     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8952 	restart_edit = 'V';
8953     else
8954 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8955 	restart_edit = 'R';
8956     else
8957 	restart_edit = 'I';
8958 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8959     if (virtual_active())
8960 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor always keeps its column */
8961     else
8962 #endif
8963 	ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8964 }
8965 
8966 /*
8967  * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8968  * shiftwidth.	Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8969  * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
8970  * with vi.  But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8971  * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8972  */
8973     static void
8974 ins_shift(int c, int lastc)
8975 {
8976     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8977 	return;
8978     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8979 
8980     /*
8981      * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8982      */
8983     if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8984 						  && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8985     {
8986 	--curwin->w_cursor.col;
8987 	(void)del_char(FALSE);		/* delete the '^' or '0' */
8988 	/* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8989 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8990 	    replace_pop_ins();
8991 	if (lastc == '^')
8992 	    old_indent = get_indent();	/* remember curr. indent */
8993 	change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8994     }
8995     else
8996 	change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8997 
8998     if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8999 	did_ai = FALSE;
9000 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9001     did_si = FALSE;
9002     can_si = FALSE;
9003     can_si_back = FALSE;
9004 #endif
9005 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9006     can_cindent = FALSE;	/* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
9007 #endif
9008 }
9009 
9010     static void
9011 ins_del(void)
9012 {
9013     int	    temp;
9014 
9015     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9016 	return;
9017     if (gchar_cursor() == NUL)		/* delete newline */
9018     {
9019 	temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9020 	if (!can_bs(BS_EOL)		/* only if "eol" included */
9021 		|| do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
9022 	    vim_beep(BO_BS);
9023 	else
9024 	{
9025 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
9026 	    /* Adjust orig_line_count in case more lines have been deleted than
9027 	     * have been added. That makes sure, that open_line() later
9028 	     * can access all buffer lines correctly */
9029 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG &&
9030 		    orig_line_count > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9031 		orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9032 	}
9033     }
9034     else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL)  /* delete char under cursor */
9035 	vim_beep(BO_BS);
9036     did_ai = FALSE;
9037 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9038     did_si = FALSE;
9039     can_si = FALSE;
9040     can_si_back = FALSE;
9041 #endif
9042     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
9043 }
9044 
9045 /*
9046  * Delete one character for ins_bs().
9047  */
9048     static void
9049 ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp)
9050 {
9051     dec_cursor();
9052     getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
9053     if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9054     {
9055 	/* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
9056 	 * Replace mode */
9057 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
9058 		|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
9059 	    replace_do_bs(-1);
9060     }
9061     else
9062 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
9063 }
9064 
9065 /*
9066  * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
9067  * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
9068  */
9069     static int
9070 ins_bs(
9071     int		c,
9072     int		mode,
9073     int		*inserted_space_p)
9074 {
9075     linenr_T	lnum;
9076     int		cc;
9077     int		temp = 0;	    /* init for GCC */
9078     colnr_T	save_col;
9079     colnr_T	mincol;
9080     int		did_backspace = FALSE;
9081     int		in_indent;
9082     int		oldState;
9083 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9084     int		cpc[MAX_MCO];	    /* composing characters */
9085 #endif
9086 
9087     /*
9088      * can't delete anything in an empty file
9089      * can't backup past first character in buffer
9090      * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
9091      * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
9092      */
9093     if (       BUFEMPTY()
9094 	    || (
9095 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9096 		!revins_on &&
9097 #endif
9098 		((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
9099 		    || (!can_bs(BS_START)
9100 			&& (arrow_used
9101 			    || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
9102 				&& curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col)))
9103 		    || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
9104 					 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
9105 		    || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
9106     {
9107 	vim_beep(BO_BS);
9108 	return FALSE;
9109     }
9110 
9111     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9112 	return FALSE;
9113     in_indent = inindent(0);
9114 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9115     if (in_indent)
9116 	can_cindent = FALSE;
9117 #endif
9118 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
9119     end_comment_pending = NUL;	/* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
9120 #endif
9121 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9122     if (revins_on)	    /* put cursor after last inserted char */
9123 	inc_cursor();
9124 #endif
9125 
9126 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9127     /* Virtualedit:
9128      *	BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
9129      *	BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
9130      *	BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
9131      */
9132     if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
9133     {
9134 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
9135 	{
9136 	    --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
9137 	    return TRUE;
9138 	}
9139 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
9140 	{
9141 	    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
9142 	    return TRUE;
9143 	}
9144 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
9145     }
9146 #endif
9147 
9148     /*
9149      * Delete newline!
9150      */
9151     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
9152     {
9153 	lnum = Insstart.lnum;
9154 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
9155 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9156 			|| revins_on
9157 #endif
9158 				    )
9159 	{
9160 	    if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
9161 			       (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
9162 		return FALSE;
9163 	    --Insstart.lnum;
9164 	    Insstart.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(Insstart.lnum));
9165 	}
9166 	/*
9167 	 * In replace mode:
9168 	 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
9169 	 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
9170 	 */
9171 	cc = -1;
9172 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9173 	    cc = replace_pop();	    /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
9174 	/*
9175 	 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
9176 	 * cursor.
9177 	 */
9178 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
9179 	{
9180 	    dec_cursor();
9181 	}
9182 	else
9183 	{
9184 	    if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9185 				   || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
9186 	    {
9187 		temp = gchar_cursor();	/* remember current char */
9188 		--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
9189 
9190 		/* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
9191 		 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
9192 		 * again when auto-formatting. */
9193 		if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
9194 					   && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
9195 		{
9196 		    char_u  *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
9197 									TRUE);
9198 		    int	    len;
9199 
9200 		    len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
9201 		    if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
9202 			ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
9203 		}
9204 
9205 		(void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
9206 		if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
9207 		    inc_cursor();
9208 	    }
9209 	    else
9210 		dec_cursor();
9211 
9212 	    /*
9213 	     * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
9214 	     * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
9215 	     * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
9216 	     * characters that NL replaced.
9217 	     */
9218 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9219 	    {
9220 		/*
9221 		 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
9222 		 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
9223 		 * avoiding showmatch().
9224 		 */
9225 		oldState = State;
9226 		State = NORMAL;
9227 		/*
9228 		 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
9229 		 */
9230 		while (cc > 0)
9231 		{
9232 		    save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9234 		    mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
9235 #else
9236 		    ins_char(cc);
9237 #endif
9238 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
9239 		    cc = replace_pop();
9240 		}
9241 		/* restore the characters that NL replaced */
9242 		replace_pop_ins();
9243 		State = oldState;
9244 	    }
9245 	}
9246 	did_ai = FALSE;
9247     }
9248     else
9249     {
9250 	/*
9251 	 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
9252 	 */
9253 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9254 	if (revins_on)		/* put cursor on last inserted char */
9255 	    dec_cursor();
9256 #endif
9257 	mincol = 0;
9258 						/* keep indent */
9259 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
9260 		&& (curbuf->b_p_ai
9261 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9262 		    || cindent_on()
9263 #endif
9264 		   )
9265 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9266 		&& !revins_on
9267 #endif
9268 			    )
9269 	{
9270 	    save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9271 	    beginline(BL_WHITE);
9272 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col)
9273 		mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9274 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
9275 	}
9276 
9277 	/*
9278 	 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
9279 	 */
9280 	if (	   mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
9281 		&& ((p_sta && in_indent)
9282 		    || ((get_sts_value() != 0
9283 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
9284 			|| tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_array)
9285 #endif
9286 			)
9287 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
9288 			&& (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
9289 			    || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
9290 				&& (!*inserted_space_p
9291 				    || arrow_used))))))
9292 	{
9293 	    int		ts;
9294 	    colnr_T	vcol;
9295 	    colnr_T	want_vcol;
9296 	    colnr_T	start_vcol;
9297 
9298 	    *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
9299 	    /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be.  Since
9300 	     * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
9301 	     * the previous character. */
9302 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9303 	    start_vcol = vcol;
9304 	    dec_cursor();
9305 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
9306 	    inc_cursor();
9307 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
9308 	    if (p_sta && in_indent)
9309 	    {
9310 		ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
9311 		want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
9312 	    }
9313 	    else
9314 		want_vcol = tabstop_start(want_vcol, get_sts_value(),
9315 						     curbuf->b_p_vsts_array);
9316 #else
9317 	    if (p_sta && in_indent)
9318 		ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
9319 	    else
9320 		ts = (int)get_sts_value();
9321 	    want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
9322 #endif
9323 
9324 	    /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
9325 	    while (vcol > want_vcol
9326 		    && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), VIM_ISWHITE(cc)))
9327 		ins_bs_one(&vcol);
9328 
9329 	    /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
9330 	    while (vcol < want_vcol)
9331 	    {
9332 		/* Remember the first char we inserted */
9333 		if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
9334 				   && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col)
9335 		    Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9336 
9337 		if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9338 		    ins_char(' ');
9339 		else
9340 		{
9341 		    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9342 		    if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
9343 			replace_push(NUL);
9344 		}
9345 		getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9346 	    }
9347 
9348 	    /* If we are now back where we started delete one character.  Can
9349 	     * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
9350 	    if (vcol >= start_vcol)
9351 		ins_bs_one(&vcol);
9352 	}
9353 
9354 	/*
9355 	 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
9356 	 */
9357 	else
9358 	{
9359 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9360 	    int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0;
9361 
9362 	    if (has_mbyte)
9363 		cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor());
9364 #endif
9365 	    do
9366 	    {
9367 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9368 		if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
9369 #endif
9370 		    dec_cursor();
9371 
9372 		cc = gchar_cursor();
9373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9374 		/* look multi-byte character class */
9375 		if (has_mbyte)
9376 		{
9377 		    prev_cclass = cclass;
9378 		    cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor());
9379 		}
9380 #endif
9381 
9382 		/* start of word? */
9383 		if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc))
9384 		{
9385 		    mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
9386 		    temp = vim_iswordc(cc);
9387 		}
9388 		/* end of word? */
9389 		else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
9390 			&& ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)
9391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9392 			|| prev_cclass != cclass
9393 #endif
9394 			))
9395 		{
9396 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9397 		    if (!revins_on)
9398 #endif
9399 			inc_cursor();
9400 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9401 		    else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9402 			dec_cursor();
9403 #endif
9404 		    break;
9405 		}
9406 		if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9407 		    replace_do_bs(-1);
9408 		else
9409 		{
9410 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9411 		    if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
9412 			(void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
9413 #endif
9414 		    (void)del_char(FALSE);
9415 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9416 		    /*
9417 		     * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
9418 		     * move the cursor back.  Don't back up before the base
9419 		     * character.
9420 		     */
9421 		    if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
9422 			inc_cursor();
9423 #endif
9424 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9425 		    if (revins_chars)
9426 		    {
9427 			revins_chars--;
9428 			revins_legal++;
9429 		    }
9430 		    if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
9431 			break;
9432 #endif
9433 		}
9434 		/* Just a single backspace?: */
9435 		if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
9436 		    break;
9437 	    } while (
9438 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9439 		    revins_on ||
9440 #endif
9441 		    (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
9442 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum
9443 			|| curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col)));
9444 	}
9445 	did_backspace = TRUE;
9446     }
9447 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9448     did_si = FALSE;
9449     can_si = FALSE;
9450     can_si_back = FALSE;
9451 #endif
9452     if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
9453 	did_ai = FALSE;
9454     /*
9455      * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
9456      * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
9457      * with.
9458      */
9459     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
9460 
9461     /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
9462     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
9463 				  && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col)
9464 	Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9465 
9466     /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
9467      *		     was there remains visible
9468      * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
9469      *		      was there is erased from the screen.
9470      * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
9471      * displayed even when there isn't.
9472      *  --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
9473     if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1)
9474 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
9475 
9476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9477     /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
9478      * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
9479      * char before a Tab. */
9480     if (did_backspace)
9481 	foldOpenCursor();
9482 #endif
9483 
9484     return did_backspace;
9485 }
9486 
9487 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
9488     static void
9489 ins_mouse(int c)
9490 {
9491     pos_T	tpos;
9492     win_T	*old_curwin = curwin;
9493 
9494 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9495     /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
9496     if (!gui.in_use)
9497 # endif
9498 	if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
9499 	    return;
9500 
9501     undisplay_dollar();
9502     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9503     if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
9504     {
9505 	win_T	*new_curwin = curwin;
9506 
9507 	if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
9508 	{
9509 	    /* Mouse took us to another window.  We need to go back to the
9510 	     * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
9511 	    curwin = old_curwin;
9512 	    curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9513 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL
9514 	    if (bt_prompt(curbuf))
9515 		// Restart Insert mode when re-entering the prompt buffer.
9516 		curbuf->b_prompt_insert = 'A';
9517 #endif
9518 	}
9519 	start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
9520 	if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
9521 	{
9522 	    curwin = new_curwin;
9523 	    curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9524 	}
9525 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9526 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9527 # endif
9528     }
9529 
9530     /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
9531     redraw_statuslines();
9532 }
9533 
9534     static void
9535 ins_mousescroll(int dir)
9536 {
9537     pos_T	tpos;
9538     win_T	*old_curwin = curwin, *wp;
9539 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9540     int		did_scroll = FALSE;
9541 # endif
9542 
9543     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9544 
9545     if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
9546     {
9547 	int row, col;
9548 
9549 	row = mouse_row;
9550 	col = mouse_col;
9551 
9552 	/* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
9553 	wp = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
9554 	if (wp == NULL)
9555 	    return;
9556 	curwin = wp;
9557 	curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9558     }
9559     if (curwin == old_curwin)
9560 	undisplay_dollar();
9561 
9562 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9563     /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
9564     if (!pum_visible() || curwin != old_curwin)
9565 # endif
9566     {
9567 	if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP)
9568 	{
9569 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
9570 		scroll_redraw(dir,
9571 			(long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
9572 	    else
9573 		scroll_redraw(dir, 3L);
9574 	}
9575 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9576 	else
9577 	{
9578 	    int val, step = 6;
9579 
9580 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
9581 		step = curwin->w_width;
9582 	    val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step);
9583 	    if (val < 0)
9584 		val = 0;
9585 	    gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE);
9586 	}
9587 #endif
9588 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9589 	did_scroll = TRUE;
9590 # endif
9591     }
9592 
9593     curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9594 
9595     curwin = old_curwin;
9596     curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9597 
9598 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9599     /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
9600      * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
9601      * overlapped by the popup menu. */
9602     if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
9603     {
9604 	redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
9605 	ins_compl_show_pum();
9606     }
9607 # endif
9608 
9609     if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
9610     {
9611 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9612 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9613 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9614 # endif
9615     }
9616 }
9617 #endif
9618 
9619 /*
9620  * Handle receiving P_PS: start paste mode.  Inserts the following text up to
9621  * P_PE literally.
9622  * When "drop" is TRUE then consume the text and drop it.
9623  */
9624     int
9625 bracketed_paste(paste_mode_T mode, int drop, garray_T *gap)
9626 {
9627     int		c;
9628     char_u	buf[NUMBUFLEN + MB_MAXBYTES];
9629     int		idx = 0;
9630     char_u	*end = find_termcode((char_u *)"PE");
9631     int		ret_char = -1;
9632     int		save_allow_keys = allow_keys;
9633     int		save_paste = p_paste;
9634 
9635     /* If the end code is too long we can't detect it, read everything. */
9636     if (STRLEN(end) >= NUMBUFLEN)
9637 	end = NULL;
9638     ++no_mapping;
9639     allow_keys = 0;
9640     if (!p_paste)
9641 	// Also have the side effects of setting 'paste' to make it work much
9642 	// faster.
9643 	set_option_value((char_u *)"paste", TRUE, NULL, 0);
9644 
9645     for (;;)
9646     {
9647 	// When the end is not defined read everything there is.
9648 	if (end == NULL && vpeekc() == NUL)
9649 	    break;
9650 	do
9651 	{
9652 	    c = vgetc();
9653 	} while (c == K_IGNORE || c == K_VER_SCROLLBAR || c == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
9654 	if (c == NUL || got_int)
9655 	    // When CTRL-C was encountered the typeahead will be flushed and we
9656 	    // won't get the end sequence.
9657 	    break;
9658 
9659 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9660 	if (has_mbyte)
9661 	    idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf + idx);
9662 	else
9663 #endif
9664 	    buf[idx++] = c;
9665 	buf[idx] = NUL;
9666 	if (end != NULL && STRNCMP(buf, end, idx) == 0)
9667 	{
9668 	    if (end[idx] == NUL)
9669 		break; /* Found the end of paste code. */
9670 	    continue;
9671 	}
9672 	if (!drop)
9673 	{
9674 	    switch (mode)
9675 	    {
9676 		case PASTE_CMDLINE:
9677 		    put_on_cmdline(buf, idx, TRUE);
9678 		    break;
9679 
9680 		case PASTE_EX:
9681 		    if (gap != NULL && ga_grow(gap, idx) == OK)
9682 		    {
9683 			mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len,
9684 							     buf, (size_t)idx);
9685 			gap->ga_len += idx;
9686 		    }
9687 		    break;
9688 
9689 		case PASTE_INSERT:
9690 		    if (stop_arrow() == OK)
9691 		    {
9692 			c = buf[0];
9693 			if (idx == 1 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))
9694 			    ins_eol(c);
9695 			else
9696 			{
9697 			    ins_char_bytes(buf, idx);
9698 			    AppendToRedobuffLit(buf, idx);
9699 			}
9700 		    }
9701 		    break;
9702 
9703 		case PASTE_ONE_CHAR:
9704 		    if (ret_char == -1)
9705 		    {
9706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9707 			if (has_mbyte)
9708 			    ret_char = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
9709 			else
9710 #endif
9711 			    ret_char = buf[0];
9712 		    }
9713 		    break;
9714 	    }
9715 	}
9716 	idx = 0;
9717     }
9718 
9719     --no_mapping;
9720     allow_keys = save_allow_keys;
9721     if (!save_paste)
9722 	set_option_value((char_u *)"paste", FALSE, NULL, 0);
9723 
9724     return ret_char;
9725 }
9726 
9727 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
9728     static void
9729 ins_tabline(int c)
9730 {
9731     /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
9732     if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
9733 		|| (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
9734     {
9735 	undisplay_dollar();
9736 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9737 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9738 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9739 # endif
9740     }
9741 
9742     if (c == K_TABLINE)
9743 	goto_tabpage(current_tab);
9744     else
9745     {
9746 	handle_tabmenu();
9747 	redraw_statuslines();	/* will redraw the tabline when needed */
9748     }
9749 }
9750 #endif
9751 
9752 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9753     void
9754 ins_scroll(void)
9755 {
9756     pos_T	tpos;
9757 
9758     undisplay_dollar();
9759     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9760     if (gui_do_scroll())
9761     {
9762 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9763 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9764 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9765 # endif
9766     }
9767 }
9768 
9769     void
9770 ins_horscroll(void)
9771 {
9772     pos_T	tpos;
9773 
9774     undisplay_dollar();
9775     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9776     if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE))
9777     {
9778 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9779 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9780 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9781 # endif
9782     }
9783 }
9784 #endif
9785 
9786     static void
9787 ins_left(
9788     int	    end_change) /* end undoable change */
9789 {
9790     pos_T	tpos;
9791 
9792 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9793     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9794 	foldOpenCursor();
9795 #endif
9796     undisplay_dollar();
9797     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9798     if (oneleft() == OK)
9799     {
9800 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
9801 	/* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
9802 	 * break undo.  K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
9803 	if (p_imst == IM_OVER_THE_SPOT || !im_is_preediting())
9804 #endif
9805 	{
9806 	    start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change);
9807 	    if (!end_change)
9808 		AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT);
9809 	}
9810 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9811 	/* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
9812 	if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
9813 	    revins_legal++;
9814 	revins_chars++;
9815 #endif
9816     }
9817 
9818     /*
9819      * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
9820      * previous line
9821      */
9822     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9823     {
9824 	/* always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break */
9825 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9826 	--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
9827 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
9828 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;	/* so we stay at the end */
9829     }
9830     else
9831 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9832     dont_sync_undo = FALSE;
9833 }
9834 
9835     static void
9836 ins_home(int c)
9837 {
9838     pos_T	tpos;
9839 
9840 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9841     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9842 	foldOpenCursor();
9843 #endif
9844     undisplay_dollar();
9845     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9846     if (c == K_C_HOME)
9847 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
9848     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9849 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9850     curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
9851 #endif
9852     curwin->w_curswant = 0;
9853     start_arrow(&tpos);
9854 }
9855 
9856     static void
9857 ins_end(int c)
9858 {
9859     pos_T	tpos;
9860 
9861 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9862     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9863 	foldOpenCursor();
9864 #endif
9865     undisplay_dollar();
9866     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9867     if (c == K_C_END)
9868 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9869     coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
9870     curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
9871 
9872     start_arrow(&tpos);
9873 }
9874 
9875     static void
9876 ins_s_left(void)
9877 {
9878 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9879     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9880 	foldOpenCursor();
9881 #endif
9882     undisplay_dollar();
9883     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9884     {
9885 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9886 	(void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
9887 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9888     }
9889     else
9890 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9891 }
9892 
9893     static void
9894 ins_right(
9895     int	    end_change) /* end undoable change */
9896 {
9897 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9898     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9899 	foldOpenCursor();
9900 #endif
9901     undisplay_dollar();
9902     if (gchar_cursor() != NUL
9903 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9904 	    || virtual_active()
9905 #endif
9906 	    )
9907     {
9908 	start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change);
9909 	if (!end_change)
9910 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT);
9911 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9912 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9913 	if (virtual_active())
9914 	    oneright();
9915 	else
9916 #endif
9917 	{
9918 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9919 	    if (has_mbyte)
9920 		curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
9921 	    else
9922 #endif
9923 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
9924 	}
9925 
9926 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9927 	revins_legal++;
9928 	if (revins_chars)
9929 	    revins_chars--;
9930 #endif
9931     }
9932     /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
9933      * cursor to the next line */
9934     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
9935 	    && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9936     {
9937 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9938 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9939 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
9940 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9941     }
9942     else
9943 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9944     dont_sync_undo = FALSE;
9945 }
9946 
9947     static void
9948 ins_s_right(void)
9949 {
9950 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9951     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9952 	foldOpenCursor();
9953 #endif
9954     undisplay_dollar();
9955     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
9956 	    || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
9957     {
9958 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9959 	(void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
9960 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9961     }
9962     else
9963 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9964 }
9965 
9966     static void
9967 ins_up(
9968     int		startcol)	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9969 {
9970     pos_T	tpos;
9971     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9972 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9973     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9974 #endif
9975 
9976     undisplay_dollar();
9977     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9978     if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9979     {
9980 	if (startcol)
9981 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9982 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9983 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9984 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9985 #endif
9986 		)
9987 	    redraw_later(VALID);
9988 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9989 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9990 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9991 #endif
9992     }
9993     else
9994 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9995 }
9996 
9997     static void
9998 ins_pageup(void)
9999 {
10000     pos_T	tpos;
10001 
10002     undisplay_dollar();
10003 
10004     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
10005     {
10006 	/* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
10007 	if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
10008 	{
10009 	    start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
10010 	    goto_tabpage(-1);
10011 	}
10012 	return;
10013     }
10014 
10015     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
10016     if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
10017     {
10018 	start_arrow(&tpos);
10019 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
10020 	can_cindent = TRUE;
10021 #endif
10022     }
10023     else
10024 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
10025 }
10026 
10027     static void
10028 ins_down(
10029     int		startcol)	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
10030 {
10031     pos_T	tpos;
10032     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
10033 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
10034     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
10035 #endif
10036 
10037     undisplay_dollar();
10038     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
10039     if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
10040     {
10041 	if (startcol)
10042 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
10043 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
10044 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
10045 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
10046 #endif
10047 		)
10048 	    redraw_later(VALID);
10049 	start_arrow(&tpos);
10050 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
10051 	can_cindent = TRUE;
10052 #endif
10053     }
10054     else
10055 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
10056 }
10057 
10058     static void
10059 ins_pagedown(void)
10060 {
10061     pos_T	tpos;
10062 
10063     undisplay_dollar();
10064 
10065     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
10066     {
10067 	/* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
10068 	if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
10069 	{
10070 	    start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
10071 	    goto_tabpage(0);
10072 	}
10073 	return;
10074     }
10075 
10076     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
10077     if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
10078     {
10079 	start_arrow(&tpos);
10080 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
10081 	can_cindent = TRUE;
10082 #endif
10083     }
10084     else
10085 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
10086 }
10087 
10088 #ifdef FEAT_DND
10089     static void
10090 ins_drop(void)
10091 {
10092     do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
10093 }
10094 #endif
10095 
10096 /*
10097  * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
10098  * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
10099  */
10100     static int
10101 ins_tab(void)
10102 {
10103     int		ind;
10104     int		i;
10105     int		temp;
10106 
10107     if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
10108 	Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
10109     if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
10110 	return FALSE;
10111 
10112     ind = inindent(0);
10113 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
10114     if (ind)
10115 	can_cindent = FALSE;
10116 #endif
10117 
10118     /*
10119      * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character.
10120      */
10121     if (!curbuf->b_p_et
10122 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
10123 	    && !(p_sta && ind
10124 		/* These five lines mean 'tabstop' != 'shiftwidth' */
10125 		&& ((tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) > 1)
10126 		    || (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 1
10127 		        && tabstop_first(curbuf->b_p_vts_array)
10128 						       != get_sw_value(curbuf))
10129 	            || (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 0
10130 		        && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf))))
10131 	    && tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_array) == 0
10132 #else
10133 	    && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf))
10134 #endif
10135 	    && get_sts_value() == 0)
10136 	return TRUE;
10137 
10138     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
10139 	return TRUE;
10140 
10141     did_ai = FALSE;
10142 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
10143     did_si = FALSE;
10144     can_si = FALSE;
10145     can_si_back = FALSE;
10146 #endif
10147     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
10148 
10149 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
10150     if (p_sta && ind)		/* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
10151     {
10152 	temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
10153 	temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
10154     }
10155     else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_array) > 0 || curbuf->b_p_sts != 0)
10156 	                        /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
10157 	temp = tabstop_padding(get_nolist_virtcol(), get_sts_value(),
10158 						     curbuf->b_p_vsts_array);
10159     else			/* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
10160 	temp = tabstop_padding(get_nolist_virtcol(), curbuf->b_p_ts,
10161 						     curbuf->b_p_vts_array);
10162 #else
10163     if (p_sta && ind)		/* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
10164 	temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
10165     else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
10166 	temp = (int)get_sts_value();
10167     else			/* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
10168 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
10169     temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
10170 #endif
10171 
10172     /*
10173      * Insert the first space with ins_char().	It will delete one char in
10174      * replace mode.  Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
10175      * chars.  For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
10176      */
10177     ins_char(' ');
10178     while (--temp > 0)
10179     {
10180 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
10181 	    ins_char(' ');
10182 	else
10183 	{
10184 	    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
10185 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)	    /* no char replaced */
10186 		replace_push(NUL);
10187 	}
10188     }
10189 
10190     /*
10191      * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
10192      */
10193 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
10194     if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vsts_array) > 0
10195                             || get_sts_value() > 0
10196 			    || (p_sta && ind)))
10197 #else
10198     if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind)))
10199 #endif
10200     {
10201 	char_u		*ptr;
10202 	char_u		*saved_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
10203 	pos_T		pos;
10204 	pos_T		fpos;
10205 	pos_T		*cursor;
10206 	colnr_T		want_vcol, vcol;
10207 	int		change_col = -1;
10208 	int		save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
10209 
10210 	/*
10211 	 * Get the current line.  For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
10212 	 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
10213 	 */
10214 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
10215 	{
10216 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
10217 	    cursor = &pos;
10218 	    saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
10219 	    if (saved_line == NULL)
10220 		return FALSE;
10221 	    ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
10222 	}
10223 	else
10224 	{
10225 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
10226 	    cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
10227 	}
10228 
10229 	/* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
10230 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
10231 	    curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
10232 
10233 	/* Find first white before the cursor */
10234 	fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
10235 	while (fpos.col > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[-1]))
10236 	{
10237 	    --fpos.col;
10238 	    --ptr;
10239 	}
10240 
10241 	/* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
10242 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
10243 		&& fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
10244 		&& fpos.col < Insstart.col)
10245 	{
10246 	    ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
10247 	    fpos.col = Insstart.col;
10248 	}
10249 
10250 	/* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
10251 	getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
10252 	getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
10253 
10254 	/* Use as many TABs as possible.  Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak'
10255 	 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
10256 	while (VIM_ISWHITE(*ptr))
10257 	{
10258 	    i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol);
10259 	    if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
10260 		break;
10261 	    if (*ptr != TAB)
10262 	    {
10263 		*ptr = TAB;
10264 		if (change_col < 0)
10265 		{
10266 		    change_col = fpos.col;  /* Column of first change */
10267 		    /* May have to adjust Insstart */
10268 		    if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
10269 			Insstart.col = fpos.col;
10270 		}
10271 	    }
10272 	    ++fpos.col;
10273 	    ++ptr;
10274 	    vcol += i;
10275 	}
10276 
10277 	if (change_col >= 0)
10278 	{
10279 	    int repl_off = 0;
10280 	    char_u *line = ptr;
10281 
10282 	    /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
10283 	    while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
10284 	    {
10285 		vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol);
10286 		++ptr;
10287 		++repl_off;
10288 	    }
10289 	    if (vcol > want_vcol)
10290 	    {
10291 		/* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
10292 		--ptr;
10293 		--repl_off;
10294 	    }
10295 	    fpos.col += repl_off;
10296 
10297 	    /* Delete following spaces. */
10298 	    i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
10299 	    if (i > 0)
10300 	    {
10301 		STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
10302 		/* correct replace stack. */
10303 		if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG))
10304 		    for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
10305 			replace_join(repl_off);
10306 	    }
10307 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
10308 	    if (netbeans_active())
10309 	    {
10310 		netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1));
10311 		netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
10312 							   (char_u *)"\t", 1);
10313 	    }
10314 #endif
10315 	    cursor->col -= i;
10316 
10317 	    /*
10318 	     * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet.  Do it now by
10319 	     * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
10320 	     * spacing.
10321 	     */
10322 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
10323 	    {
10324 		/* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
10325 		backspace_until_column(change_col);
10326 
10327 		/* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
10328 		 * ptr-cursor */
10329 		ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
10330 						    cursor->col - change_col);
10331 	    }
10332 	}
10333 
10334 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
10335 	    vim_free(saved_line);
10336 	curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
10337     }
10338 
10339     return FALSE;
10340 }
10341 
10342 /*
10343  * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
10344  * Return FAIL when out of memory or can't undo.
10345  */
10346     static int
10347 ins_eol(int c)
10348 {
10349     int	    i;
10350 
10351     if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
10352 	return OK;
10353     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
10354 	return FAIL;
10355     undisplay_dollar();
10356 
10357     /*
10358      * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
10359      * character under the cursor.  Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
10360      * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
10361      */
10362     if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG))
10363 	replace_push(NUL);
10364 
10365     /*
10366      * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
10367      * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
10368      * line onto the replace stack.  This is not done here though, it is done
10369      * in open_line().
10370      */
10371 
10372 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
10373     /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
10374      * CTRL-O). */
10375     if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
10376 	coladvance(getviscol());
10377 #endif
10378 
10379 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
10380 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
10381     if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
10382 	fkmap(NL);
10383 # endif
10384     /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
10385      * current line. */
10386     if (revins_on)
10387 	curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
10388 #endif
10389 
10390     AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
10391     i = open_line(FORWARD,
10392 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
10393 	    has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
10394 #endif
10395 	    0, old_indent);
10396     old_indent = 0;
10397 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
10398     can_cindent = TRUE;
10399 #endif
10400 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
10401     /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
10402     foldOpenCursor();
10403 #endif
10404 
10405     return i;
10406 }
10407 
10408 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
10409 /*
10410  * Handle digraph in insert mode.
10411  * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
10412  * done.
10413  */
10414     static int
10415 ins_digraph(void)
10416 {
10417     int	    c;
10418     int	    cc;
10419     int	    did_putchar = FALSE;
10420 
10421     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
10422     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
10423     {
10424 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
10425 	ins_redraw(FALSE);
10426 
10427 	edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
10428 	did_putchar = TRUE;
10429 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10430 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
10431 #endif
10432     }
10433 
10434 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
10435     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
10436 #endif
10437 
10438     /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
10439      * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
10440     ++no_mapping;
10441     ++allow_keys;
10442     c = plain_vgetc();
10443     --no_mapping;
10444     --allow_keys;
10445     if (did_putchar)
10446 	/* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next
10447 	 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */
10448 	edit_unputchar();
10449 
10450     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask)	    /* special key */
10451     {
10452 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10453 	clear_showcmd();
10454 #endif
10455 	insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
10456 	return NUL;
10457     }
10458     if (c != ESC)
10459     {
10460 	did_putchar = FALSE;
10461 	if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
10462 	{
10463 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
10464 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
10465 
10466 	    if (char2cells(c) == 1)
10467 	    {
10468 		ins_redraw(FALSE);
10469 		edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
10470 		did_putchar = TRUE;
10471 	    }
10472 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10473 	    add_to_showcmd_c(c);
10474 #endif
10475 	}
10476 	++no_mapping;
10477 	++allow_keys;
10478 	cc = plain_vgetc();
10479 	--no_mapping;
10480 	--allow_keys;
10481 	if (did_putchar)
10482 	    /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the
10483 	     * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */
10484 	    edit_unputchar();
10485 	if (cc != ESC)
10486 	{
10487 	    AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
10488 	    c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
10489 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10490 	    clear_showcmd();
10491 #endif
10492 	    return c;
10493 	}
10494     }
10495 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10496     clear_showcmd();
10497 #endif
10498     return NUL;
10499 }
10500 #endif
10501 
10502 /*
10503  * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
10504  * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
10505  */
10506     int
10507 ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum)
10508 {
10509     int	    c;
10510     int	    temp;
10511     char_u  *ptr, *prev_ptr;
10512     char_u  *line;
10513 
10514     if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
10515     {
10516 	vim_beep(BO_COPY);
10517 	return NUL;
10518     }
10519 
10520     /* try to advance to the cursor column */
10521     temp = 0;
10522     line = ptr = ml_get(lnum);
10523     prev_ptr = ptr;
10524     validate_virtcol();
10525     while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
10526     {
10527 	prev_ptr = ptr;
10528 	temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
10529     }
10530     if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
10531 	ptr = prev_ptr;
10532 
10533 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
10534     c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
10535 #else
10536     c = *ptr;
10537 #endif
10538     if (c == NUL)
10539 	vim_beep(BO_COPY);
10540     return c;
10541 }
10542 
10543 /*
10544  * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
10545  */
10546     static int
10547 ins_ctrl_ey(int tc)
10548 {
10549     int	    c = tc;
10550 
10551 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
10552     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
10553     {
10554 	if (c == Ctrl_Y)
10555 	    scrolldown_clamp();
10556 	else
10557 	    scrollup_clamp();
10558 	redraw_later(VALID);
10559     }
10560     else
10561 #endif
10562     {
10563 	c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
10564 	if (c != NUL)
10565 	{
10566 	    long	tw_save;
10567 
10568 	    /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
10569 	     * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
10570 	     * wasn't set.  Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
10571 	     * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
10572 	    if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
10573 		AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
10574 	    tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
10575 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
10576 	    insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
10577 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
10578 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
10579 	    revins_chars++;
10580 	    revins_legal++;
10581 #endif
10582 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
10583 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
10584 	}
10585     }
10586     return c;
10587 }
10588 
10589 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
10590 /*
10591  * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
10592  * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
10593  */
10594     static void
10595 ins_try_si(int c)
10596 {
10597     pos_T	*pos, old_pos;
10598     char_u	*ptr;
10599     int		i;
10600     int		temp;
10601 
10602     /*
10603      * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
10604      */
10605     if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
10606     {
10607 	/*
10608 	 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
10609 	 */
10610 	if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
10611 	{
10612 	    old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
10613 	    /*
10614 	     * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
10615 	     * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
10616 	     * containing the matching '(' if there is one.  This handles the
10617 	     * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
10618 	     * lines -- webb
10619 	     */
10620 	    ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
10621 	    i = pos->col;
10622 	    if (i > 0)		/* skip blanks before '{' */
10623 		while (--i > 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[i]))
10624 		    ;
10625 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
10626 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
10627 	    if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
10628 		curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
10629 	    i = get_indent();
10630 	    curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
10631 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
10632 		change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
10633 	    else
10634 		(void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
10635 	}
10636 	else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
10637 	{
10638 	    /*
10639 	     * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
10640 	     * more than indent of previous line
10641 	     */
10642 	    temp = TRUE;
10643 	    if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
10644 	    {
10645 		old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
10646 		i = get_indent();
10647 		while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
10648 		{
10649 		    ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
10650 
10651 		    /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
10652 		    if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
10653 			break;
10654 		}
10655 		if (get_indent() >= i)
10656 		    temp = FALSE;
10657 		curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
10658 	    }
10659 	    if (temp)
10660 		shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
10661 	}
10662     }
10663 
10664     /*
10665      * set indent of '#' always to 0
10666      */
10667     if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
10668     {
10669 	/* remember current indent for next line */
10670 	old_indent = get_indent();
10671 	(void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
10672     }
10673 
10674     /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
10675     if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
10676 	ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
10677 }
10678 #endif
10679 
10680 /*
10681  * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
10682  * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
10683  */
10684     static colnr_T
10685 get_nolist_virtcol(void)
10686 {
10687     if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
10688 	return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
10689     validate_virtcol();
10690     return curwin->w_virtcol;
10691 }
10692 
10693 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
10694 /*
10695  * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand.
10696  * "c" is the character that was typed.
10697  * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string.
10698  * Return NULL to continue inserting "c".
10699  */
10700     static char_u *
10701 do_insert_char_pre(int c)
10702 {
10703     char_u	*res;
10704     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
10705 
10706     /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */
10707     if (!has_insertcharpre())
10708 	return NULL;
10709 
10710 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
10711     if (has_mbyte)
10712 	buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
10713     else
10714 # endif
10715     {
10716 	buf[0] = c;
10717 	buf[1] = NUL;
10718     }
10719 
10720     /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */
10721     ++textlock;
10722     set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1);  /* set v:char */
10723 
10724     res = NULL;
10725     if (ins_apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE))
10726     {
10727 	/* Get the value of v:char.  It may be empty or more than one
10728 	 * character.  Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the
10729 	 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */
10730 	if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0)
10731 	    res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR));
10732     }
10733 
10734     set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1);  /* clear v:char */
10735     --textlock;
10736 
10737     return res;
10738 }
10739 #endif
10740 
10741 /*
10742  * Trigger "event" and take care of fixing undo.
10743  */
10744     static int
10745 ins_apply_autocmds(event_T event)
10746 {
10747     varnumber_T	tick = CHANGEDTICK(curbuf);
10748     int r;
10749 
10750     r = apply_autocmds(event, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
10751 
10752     // If u_savesub() was called then we are not prepared to start
10753     // a new line.  Call u_save() with no contents to fix that.
10754     if (tick != CHANGEDTICK(curbuf))
10755 	u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
10756 
10757     return r;
10758 }
10759